2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

163
D R I V I N G IS B E L I E V I N G 2002

description

2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

Transcript of 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

Page 1: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

D R I V I N G IS B E L I E V I N G

2002

Page 2: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

A020A01A-AAT

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As theowner, it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by themanufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used insevere driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations.Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section5.

A010A02A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

o New Vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limited Warrantyo New Vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Limited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only)o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System Warranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty - Federal Vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

Page 3: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

OWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUAL

A030A02O-AAT

OperationOperationOperationOperationOperationMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makechanges at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai This manual applies to all Hyundai This manual applies to all Hyundai This manual applies to all Hyundai This manual applies to all Hyundai SANTA FESANTA FESANTA FESANTA FESANTA FE 2.4L (DOHC) & 2.7L (V6) models and includes descriptions and explanations 2.4L (DOHC) & 2.7L (V6) models and includes descriptions and explanations 2.4L (DOHC) & 2.7L (V6) models and includes descriptions and explanations 2.4L (DOHC) & 2.7L (V6) models and includes descriptions and explanations 2.4L (DOHC) & 2.7L (V6) models and includes descriptions and explanationsof optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to yourof optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to yourof optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to yourof optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to yourof optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to yourspecific vehicle.specific vehicle.specific vehicle.specific vehicle.specific vehicle.

A030A01O

Page 4: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminatingpeople who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai webuild is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggestedthat you read it carefully since the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction youreceive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance andany other assistance that may be required.

A050A04A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note:Note:Note:Note:Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell thisHyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section ofthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverof the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2002 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. The material in this publication may not bereproduced in any form without written permission from Hyundai Motor Company.

Page 5: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

A070A01A-AAT

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adverselyaffect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violateconditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may alsobe in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation andother federal or state agencies.

A080A01S-AAT

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components.It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone toadversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefullyfollow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precau-tionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

Page 6: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with thewarning.warning.warning.warning.warning.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentif the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

Page 7: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

A100A03A-AAT

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEPARTSPARTSPARTSPARTSPARTS1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai Motor Compa-ny to manufacture vehicles. They aredesigned and tested for the optimumsafety, performance, and reliability toour customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineeredand built to meet rigid original manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any other

A100A01L

Hyundai warranty. In addition, anydamage to or failure of GenuineHyundai Parts caused by the installa-tion or failure of an imitation, counter-feit or used salvage part is not cov-ered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported tothe United States are packaged withlabels written only in English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorizeddealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "

Page 8: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI .......................................................................... 1-1

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI .................................................................................... 2-1

3. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY ...................................................................... 3-1

4. CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE .......................................... 4-1

5. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 5-1

6. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE ...................................................................... 6-1

7. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ......................................................................... 7-1

8. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ........................ 8-1

9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................. 9-1

10. INDEX ................................................................................................................. 10-1

11111

22222

33333

44444

55555

66666

77777

88888

99999

1010101010

Page 9: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 1

1. FEATURES OFYOUR HYUNDAI

B010A02A-AAT

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONSUse Unleaded Gasoline

B010A01O

service stations cannot be inserted into thefuel tank opening of your Hyundai.

WARNING:o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzle

shut off when refueling.o The fuel cap must be tightened at least

3 clicks, otherwise " " light mayilluminate.

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump OctaneRating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91)or higher must be used in your Hyundai.

If leaded gasoline is used, it will cause thecatalytic converter to become ineffective andthe emission control system to malfunction.This can also result in increased maintenanceexpense.

To avoid accidental use of leaded fuel, thelarger nozzle used with leaded gasoline at

UNLEADEDFUEL ONLY

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleaded gasolineand 10% ethanol or grain alcohol) may beused in your Hyundai. However, if your enginedevelops driveability problems, the use of100% unleaded gasoline is recommended.Fuels with unspecified quantities of alcohol, oralcohols other than ethanol, should not beused.

B010C01A-AAT

Use of MTBEHyundai recommends that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) should notbe used in your Hyundai.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxy-gen Content 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicleperformance and produce vapor lock or hardstarting.

B010D01A-AAT

Do Not Use MethanolFuels containing methanol (wood alcohol)should not be used in your Hyundai. This typeof fuel can reduce vehicle performance anddamage components of the fuel system.

CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited War-ranty may not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance problems thatare caused by the use of fuels containingmethanol or fuels containing MTBE (Me-thyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign CountriesIf you are going to drive your Hyundai inanother country, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regarding registra-tion and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-able.

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner AirTo help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundairecommends that you use gasolines treatedwith detergent additives, which help preventdeposit formation in the engine. Thesegasolines will help the engine run cleaner andthe Emission Control System performance.

1

Page 10: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 2

B020A01S-AAT

BREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAIDuring the First 1,200 Miles (2,000 Km)No formal "break-in" procedure is requiredwith your new Hyundai. However, you cancontribute to the economical operation anddurability of your Hyundai by observing thefollowing recommendations during the first1,200 miles (2,000 km).

o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h).o While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute) between2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don't startquickly or depress the accelerator pedalfully.

o For the first 200 miles (300 km), try toavoid hard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words, don'tdrive so slowly in too high a gear that theengine "bucks"-shift to a lower gear).

o Whether going fast or slow, vary yourspeed from time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

B030A01A-AAT

KEYS

B030B01B

B030B01A-AAT

Record Your Key Number

B030A01B

A code number is stamped on the number platethat came with the keys to your Hyundai. Thiskey number plate should not be left with thekeys but kept in a safe place, not in the vehicle.The key number should also be recorded in aplace where it can be found in an emergency.If you need additional keys, or if you should loseyour keys, your authorized Hyundai dealer canmake new keys if you can supply the keynumber.

For greater convenience, the same key oper-ates all the locks in your Hyundai. However,because the doors can be locked without akey, carrying a spare key is recommended incase you accidentally lock one key inside thecar.

Page 11: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 3

B030C01Y-AAT

ILLUMINATED IGNITION SWITCH(If installed)

Also, when combined with the properuse of seat belts, locking the doorshelps keep occupants from being ejectedfrom the car in case of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

Whenever a door is opened, the ignition switchwill be illuminated for your convenience, pro-vided the ignition switch is not in the "ON"position.The light will go off approximately 10 secondsafter closing the door or when the ignitionswitch is turned on.

B040A01A-AAT

DOOR LOCKS

WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Be-

fore you drive away (especially if thereare children in the car), be sure that allthe doors are securely closed and lockedso that the doors cannot be openedfrom the inside. This helps assure thatdoors will not be opened accidentally.

B040B01A-AAT

Locking and unlocking front doors witha key

B040B01O

LOCKUNLOCK

o The door can be locked or unlocked with akey.

o Lock the door by turning the key towardthe front of the vehicle and unlock it byturning the key toward the rear.

B040C02Y-AAT

Locking From the Outside

B040C01O

The doors can be locked without a key. Tolock the doors from the outside, first push theinside lock switch to the "LOCK" position, sothat the red mark on the switch is not visible,then close the door.The door will not lock if the key is left in theignition switch when the front doors close.This is normal.

NOTE:o When locking the door this way, be

careful not to lock the door with theignition key left in the vehicle.

o To prevent theft, always remove theignition key, close all windows, andlock all doors when leaving your ve-hicle unattended.

YL10041A

Page 12: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 4

B040D02S-AAT

Locking From the Inside

B040D01O

To lock the doors from the inside, simplyclose the door and push the lock switch to the"LOCK" position. When this is done, neitherthe outside nor the inside door handle can beused.

NOTE:o When the door is locked, the red mark

on the switch is not visible.o The driver's door can be opened by

pulling the inside door handle even ifthe lock switch is depressed.

B040E03A-AAT

CHILD-PROTECTOR REAR DOORLOCK

HSM170-1

Your Hyundai is equipped with a "child-protec-tor" rear door lock assembly. When the lockmechanism is engaged, the rear door cannotbe opened from the inside. It's use is recom-mended whenever there are small children inthe rear seat.

To engage the child-protector feature so thatthe door cannot be opened from the inside,move the child-protector lever to the " "position and close the door. Move the lever tothe opposite direction of " " position whennormal door operation is desired.

If you wish to be able to open the door fromthe outside, pull the outside door handle to itsup position.

B040G01O-AAT

Central Door Locks (If installed)

B040G01O

The central door locking switch is located onthe driver's arm rest. It is operated by de-pressing the door lock switch. If any door isopen when the switch is depressed, the doorwill remain locked when closed.

NOTE:o When pushing the "LOCK" of the driv-

er's door lock switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

o When pushing the "UNLOCK" of theswitch, all vehicle doors will unlock.

LOCK

UNLOCK

Page 13: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 5

B070A01S-AAT

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If installed)This system is designed to provide protectionfrom unauthorized entry into the car. Thissystem is operated in three stages : the first isthe "Armed" stage, the second is the "Alarm"stage, and the third is the "Disarmed" stage.If triggered, the system provides an audiblealarm.

B070B01O-AAT

Armed Stage

B070C02Y-AAT

Alarm StageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the car is parked andthe system is armed.

1) A front or rear door is opened without usingthe transmitter.

2) The tail gate is opened without using thetransmitter.

3) The engine hood is opened.

The siren will sound and the turn signal lampwill blink continuously for 27 seconds (Thishappens 3 times). To turn off the system,unlock the door or tail gate with the transmitter.

B070B01O

Park the car and stop the engine. Arm thesystem as described below.

1) Remove the ignition key from the ignitionswitch.

2) Make sure that the engine hood and tailgate are locked.

3) Lock the doors using the transmitter of thekeyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, the turnsignal lamp will blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

NOTE:1) If any door, tail gate or engine hood

remains open, the system will not bearmed.

2) If this happens, rearm the system asdescribed above.

CAUTION:Do not arm the system until all passengershave left the car. If the system is armedwhile a passenger(s) remains in the car,the alarm may be activated when the re-maining passenger(s) leaves the car.

CAUTION:Avoid trying to start the engine while thesystem is armed.

B070D01O-AAT

Disarmed Stage

B070D01E

The system will be disarmed when the driver’sor passenger’s door is unlocked by depress-ing the "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter.After completion of the step above, the turnsignal lamp will blink twice to indicate that thesystem is disarmed.

NOTE:Once the system has been disarmed, it cannot be rearmed except by repeating thearming procedures.

CAUTION:Only the transmitter can disarm the armedstage. If the transmitter does not disarm

LOCKUNLOCK

Page 14: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 6

B060A02Y-AAT

POWER WINDOWS (If installed)

B060A01O

(1)

(2)

the system, it is necessary to take thefollowing steps;

1. Unlock the door with the key, the alarmto be activated.

2. Insert the key in the ignition key cylin-der and turn the ignition key to "ON"position.

3. Wait for 30 seconds.

After completing the steps above, the sys-tem will be disarmed.

B070F01A-GAT

Keyless Entry System (If Installed)Locking doors1. Close all doors.2. Push the "LOCK" button on the transmit-

ter.3. At the same time all doors lock, the turn

signal light will blink once to indicate thatthe system is armed.

Unlocking doors1. Push the "UNLOCK" button on the trans-

mitter.2. At the same time all doors unlock, the turn

signal light will blink twice to indicate thatthe system is disarmed.

B070E02HP-GAT

Replacing the batteryWhen the transmitter's battery begins to getweak, it may take several pushes on thebutton to lock or unlock the doors, and theLED will not light. Replace the battery as soonas possible.

Battery type : CR2032

Replacement instructions:

1. Separate the case with a blade screw-driver as shown in the illustration.

2. Remove the old battery from the case andnote the polarity. Make sure the polarity ofthe new battery is the same(+side facingdown), then insert it in the transmitter.

MSO-0048-1

MSO-0048-2

Screwdriver

Case

Battery

Page 15: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 7

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the "ON" position. The main switchesare located on the driver's armrest and controlthe front and rear windows on both sides ofthe vehicle. The windows may be opened bydepressing the appropriate window switch andclosed by pulling up the switch. To open thewindow on the driver's side, press the switch(1)halfway down. The window moves as long asthe switch is operated. To fully open thedriver's window automatically, press the switchfully down. In automatic operation, the windowwill fully open even if you let go of the switch.To stop at the desired opening, pull up andrelease the switch. In order to prevent opera-tion of the passanger front and rear windows,a window lock switch(2) is provided on thearmrest of the driver's door. To disable thepower windows, press the window lock switch.To revert to normal operation, press the win-dow lock switch a second time. The powerwindows can be operated for 30 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the "ACC" orthe "LOCK" position. However while the frontdoors are opened with the key turned to"LOCK" and removed, the power windowscannot be operated.

WARNING:(1) Be careful that someone's head, hands

and body are not trapped by a closingwindow.

(2) Never try to operate the main switch onthe driver's door and the individualdoor window switch in opposing direc-tions at the same time. If this is done,the window will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

(3) Do not leave children alone in the car.Always remove the ignition key for theirsafety.

B060A02O

B080B01A-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

B080B01O

To move the seat toward the front or rear, pullthe lock release lever upward. This will releasethe seat on its track so you can move it forwardor rearward to the desired position. When youfind the position you want, release the leverand slide the seat forward or rearward on itstrack until it locks into the desired position andcannot be moved further.

B080A01A-AAT

ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS

WARNING:Never attempt to adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving. This could result in lossof control, or an accident which may causedeath, serious injury, or property damage.

Page 16: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 8

o Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severe injury toan occupant may occur in the event ofan accident. Headrests may provide pro-tection against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

B080E01O-AAT

Lumbar Support Control(Driver's seat only) (If installed)

B080E01O

To adjust the lumber support, turn the handleon the outboard or left side of the seat. Toincrease the amount of lumbar support, pull thelever forward. To decrease it, push the levertoward the rear.

B080C01A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

B080C01O

To recline the seatback, lean forward to takeyour weight off it, then pull up on the reclinercontrol lever at the outside edge of the seat.Now lean back until the desired seatbackangle is achieved. To lock the seatback intoposition, release the recliner control lever.

WARNING:To minimize risk of severe injury in theevent of a collision or a sudden stop, boththe driver and passenger seatbacks shouldalways be in an upright position while thevehicle is in motion. The protection provid-ed by the seat belts and airbags may bereduced significantly when the seatbacksare reclined. There is greater risk that thedriver and passenger will slide under theseat belt which may result in serious injuryif a crash occurs when the seatbacks are

reclined. The seat belt cannot provide fullprotection to an occupant if the seat backis reclined.

B080D02A-AAT

Adjustable Headrests

B080D01Y

Headrests are designed to help reduce therisk of neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it,push it down while pressing the lock knob.

WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case of

an accident, the headrest should beadjusted so the top of the headrest is atthe same height as the top of theoccupant's ears. The use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

Lock knob

Page 17: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 9

B080F01A-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment(If Installed) (Driver's Seat Only)

B080F01O

To raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion, turn the front knob forward or rear-ward. To raise or lower the rear part of theseat cushion, turn the rear knob forward orrearward.

B090A01Y-AAT

POWER DRIVER’S SEAT (If installed)The driver's seat can be adjusted appropri-ately by using the control knob on the left sideof the seat. Before driving, adjust the seat tothe proper position so as to easily control thesteering wheel, pedals and switches on theinstrument panel.

CAUTION:Do not operate two knobs at the sametime.

B090B01Y-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

B090B01O

1

2

Pull the control knob forward or backward tomove the seat forward or backward to thedesired position. Release the knob and thenthe seat will remain at that position.

1. Seat Back Reclining Control Knob2. Seat Cushion Forward, Rearward and

Height Adjusting Control Knob

WARNING:o Never attempt to adjust the seat while

the vehicle is moving. This could resultin loss of control, and an accident caus-ing death, serious injury, or propertydamage.

o Do not sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the airbag to get better protectionduring its deployment in case of anaccident.

B090C01Y-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment

B090C01O

Move the front portion of the control knob upor down to raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion. Move the rear portion of thecontrol knob up or down to raise or lower therear part of the seat cushion.

WARNING:To ensure the seat is locked securely,attempt to move the seat forward or rear-ward without using the control knob.

Page 18: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 10

B100A02Y-AAT

SEAT WARMER (If Installed)

The seat warmer is provided to warm the frontseats during cold weather. With the ignitionkey in the "ON" position, push either of theswitches to warm the driver's seat or thepassenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditions wherethe operation of the seat warmer is not needed,keep the switches in the "OFF" position.

NOTE:o The seat warmer will not operate if am-

bient temperature is higher than82.4°F(28°C) ± 3.5°F(3.5°C).

o If the seat warmer doesn't works whenambient temperature is lower than75.2°F(24°C), it must be checked at au-thorized dealer.

B100A01O

B080G01O-AAT

UNDER TRAY (If installed)

B080G01O

The tray is located under the front passengerseat. It is opend by pulling forward.

WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop, the trayshould be kept closed when the car is inmotion.

B090D01Y-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

Rotate the upper portion of the control knobforward or backward to recline the seatback tothe desired position. Release the control knoband the seatback will remain in that position.

WARNING:To minimize the risk of personal injury inthe event of a collision or a sudden stop,both the driver's and passenger's seatbackshould remain in an upright position whilethe car is in motion. The protection provid-ed by the seat belts and airbags may bereduced significantly when the seatbacksare reclined. There is a greater risk that theseat occupants will slide under the beltresulting in serious injury if a crash occurswhen the seatbacks are reclined. The seatbelt cannot provide full protection to anoccupant if the seat back is reclined.

B090D01O

Page 19: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 11

B080A04O-AAT

Folding Rear Seatback and SeatCushionFor greater convenience, the entire seatbackand seat cushion may be folded down and up.

1. Remove the headrests.2. Pull strap to fold up the seat cushion.3. Push and hold the seatback folding lever

(1) inward, then push down the seatback.4. Hook the securing loop under the seat

cushion to the hanger on the backside ofthe seatback.

B080I01FC-GAT

REAR SEATAdjusting Seatback Angle

To recline the seatback, push the seatbackfolding lever toward the headrest, and releaseit after the desired seatback angle is achieved.When you recline the seatback to desiredposition, always be sure it has locked intoposition.

CAUTION:When reclining the seatback angle, youshould be adjust the seatback folding leverwith standing.

HSM288

B080D01O

(1)

StrapSeatbackfolding lever

HSM293

Buckle clips

NOTE:Before folding the seatback, place the rearseat belt buckles in the buckle clips on theseatback. This will prevent the seat beltbuckles from becoming covered by theseat cushion when it is returned to theseating position.

B080D02O

HangerSecuring loop

Page 20: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 12

B150A02A-AAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

WARNING:All occupants of the vehicle must weartheir seat belts at all times. Note that thisvehicle is equipped with a SupplementalRestraint (Airbag) System as discussedbeginning on page 1-22. The seat beltsmust be used in conjunction with the sup-plemental airbag system. State laws re-quire that some or all occupants of thevehicle use seat belts. The possibility ofincreased injury or severity of injury in anaccident will be increased if this elemen-tary safety precaution is not observed.

5. Insert the headrests between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

6. To return the seatback to its normal posi-tion, push the seatback folding lever andreverse the above procedure.

o When you return the seatback to its uprightposition, always be sure it is locked intoposition by pulling and pushing on the topof the seatback.

WARNING:o The purpose of the fold-up rear seat

cushion and the fold-down rear seatback is to allow you to carry more ob-jects than could otherwise be accom-modated. Do not allow passengers tosit on the cargo area while the car ismoving. This is not a proper seatingposition and no seat belts are availablefor use when the seat back is foldeddown.This could result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or a sud-den stop. Objects should not extendhigher than the top of the frontseatbacks.This could allow cargo to slide forwardand cause injury or damage during sud-den stops.

o Make sure that the headrests are prop-erly fixed in place to minimize the riskof severe injury in case of an accident.

o When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after being folded down,be careful not to damage the seatbeltwebbing or buckle. In addition, do notallow the seatbelt webbing or buckle toget caught or pinched in the rear seat.

B080P01B-GAT

REAR SEAT WARNING

B080P01O

For the safety of all passengers, luggage orother cargo should not be piled higher thanthe top of the seatback.

Page 21: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 13

B150D01A-AAT

Pregnant WomenThe use of a seat belt is recommended forpregnant women to lessen the chance ofinjury in an accident. When a seat belt isused, the lap belt portion should be placed aslow and snugly as possible on the hips, notacross the abdomen. For specific recommen-dations, consult a physician.

B150C02A-AAT

Larger ChildrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsystems should occupy the rear seat and usethe available lap/shoulder belts. The lap por-tion should be fastened snug on the hips andas low as possible. Check belt fit periodically.A child's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the most safetyin the event of an accident when they arerestrained by a proper restraint system in therear seat. If a larger child (over age 13) mustbe seated in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children under the age of13 should be restrained securely in the rearseat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

B150B03Y-AAT

Infant or Small ChildAll 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirementsin your state. Child and/or infant safety seatsmust be properly placed and installed in therear seat . Information about the use of theserestraints begins on page 1-17.

WARNING:Every person in your vehicle needs to beproperly restrained at all times, includinginfants and children. In a collision, an un-restrained child can become a "missile"inside the car. The force required to hold achild on your lap could be so great thatyou could not hold the child. Any childriding in the vehicle should always be in aproper restraint in the rear seat of thevehicle.

NOTE:Small children are best protected from in-jury in an accident when properly restrainedin the rear seat by a child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. Beforebuying any child restraint system, makesure that it has a label certifying that itmeets Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's height andweight. Check the label on the child re-straint for this information. See page 1-17.

B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per BeltTwo people (including children) should neverattempt to use a single seat belt. This couldincrease the severity of injuries in case of anaccident.

B150G01A-AAT

Do Not Lie DownTo reduce the chance of injuries in the eventof an accident, and to achieve maximumeffectiveness of the restraint system, all pas-sengers should be sitting up and the frontseats should be in an upright position whenthe car is moving. A seat belt cannot provideproper protection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

WARNING:Sitting in a reclined position or lying downwhen your vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even if you buckle up, yourseat belts can't do their job when you'rereclined.

B150E01A-AAT

Injured PersonA seat belt should be used when an injuredperson is being transported. When this isnecessary, you should consult a physician forrecommendations.

Page 22: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 14

B170A04Y-AAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATSHOULDER BELT

B170A01E

You can adjust the height of the shoulder beltanchor to one of the 4 positions.If the height of the adjusting seat belt is toonear your neck, you will not be getting themost effective protection. The shoulder por-tion should be adjusted so that it lies acrossyour chest and midway over your shouldernearest the door and not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor,lower or raise the height adjuster into anappropriate position. To raise the height ad-juster, pull it up. To lower it, push it down whilepressing the height adjuster button.Release the button to lock the anchor intoposition. Try sliding the release button tomake sure that it has locked into the position.

The shoulder belt can't do its job becauseit won't be against your body.Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crashyou could go into it with great force, re-ceiving serious neck or other injuries.The lap belt can't do its job either. In acrash the belt could go up over your abdo-men. The belt forces would be appliedthere, not at your pelvic bones.This could cause serious internal injuries.For proper protection when the vehicle isin motion, have the seatback upright.Then sit back in the seat and wear yourseat belt properly. See page 1-16.

B160A01A-AAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTSSeat belt systems should never be disassem-bled or modified. In addition, care should betaken to assure that seat belts and belt hard-ware are not damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after the rear seatbackwas folded down, be careful not to damagethe seat belt webbing or buckle. Be surethat the webbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic InspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts be in-spected periodically for wear or damage of anykind. Parts of the system that are damagedshould be replaced as soon as possible.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and DrySeat belts should be kept clean and dry. If beltsbecome dirty, they can be cleaned by using amild soap solution and warm water. Bleach,dye, strong detergents or abrasives should notbe used because they may damage and weakenthe fabric.

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat BeltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly or assembliesshould be replaced if the vehicle has beeninvolved in an accident. This should be doneeven if no damage is visible. Additional ques-tions concerning seat belt operation should bedirected to your Hyundai Dealer.

Page 23: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 15

around. If there is a sudden stop or impact,however, the belt will lock into position. It willalso lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

NOTE:If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is in the "ON" posi-tion, the seat belt warning light will flashand the warning chime will sound for ap-proximately six seconds.

B190A01Y-AAT

SEAT BELTS-Front Passenger andRear Seat 3-Point System with Combi-nation Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your BeltCombination retractor type seat belts are in-stalled in the rear seat positions to help ac-commodate the installation of child restraintsystems. Although a combination retractor isalso installed in the front passenger seatposition, Hyundai strongly recommends thatchildren always be seated in the rear seat .NEVER place any infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the features ofboth an emergency locking retractor seat beltand an automatic locking retractor seat belt.To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into thebuckle. There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks into the buckle. When not secur-

B180A01A-AAT

SEAT BELT-Driver’s 3-Point Systemwith Emergency Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your Belt

YR10301B

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into thebuckle. There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt portion isadjusted manually so that it fits snugly aroundyour hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and let you move

WARNING:o The height adjuster must be in the locked

position when the vehicle is moving.o The misadjustment of height of the

shoulder belt could reduce the effec-tiveness of the seat belt in a crash.

ing a child restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt (Emer-gency Locking Retractor Type). It automati-cally adjusts to the proper length only after thelap belt portion of the seat belt is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly around yourhips. When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of a childrestraint system, the seat belt operationchanges to allow the belt to retract, but not toextend. (Automatic Locking Retractor Type).See page 1-19.

NOTE:Although the combination retractor pro-vides the same level of protection for seatedpassengers in either emergency or auto-matic locking modes, it is recommendedthat seated passengers use the emergencylocking feature for improved convenience.The automatic locking function is intendedto facilitate child restraint installation. Toconvert from the automatic locking featureto the emergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully re-tract.

WARNING:o For maximum restraint system protec-

tion, the seat belts must always be usedwhenever the car is moving.

o Seat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright position.

Page 24: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 16

To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert themetal tab into the locking buckle. There will bean audible "click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. Check to make sure the belt is prop-erly locked and that the belt is not twisted.

B220A01A-AAT

SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)(Rear Seat Center)(Rear Seat Center)(Rear Seat Center)(Rear Seat Center)(Rear Seat Center)To Fasten Your Seat BeltTo Fasten Your Seat BeltTo Fasten Your Seat BeltTo Fasten Your Seat BeltTo Fasten Your Seat Belt

SSA1090S

B200A01A-AAT

ADJUSTING YOUR SEAT BELT

YR10311B

o Children must always be seatbelted inthe rear seats. Never allow children toride in the front passanger seat.

o The shoulder belt should be positionedmidway over the shoulder nearest thedoor for the most effective protection.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door. Wearing the belt un-der the arm nearest the door could causeserious or fatal injuries in an accident.

o Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-ed belt can't do its job as well. In acollision, it could even cut into you. Besure the belt is straight and not twisted.

o Be careful not to damage the belt web-bing or hardware. If the belt webbing orhardware is damaged, replace it.

WARNING:You should place the lap belt portion aslow as possible and snugly across yourhips, not on your waist. If the lap belt islocated too high on your waist, it mayincrease the chance of injury in the eventof a collision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, one shouldbe over and the other under, as shown inthe illustration.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door.

B210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

YR10321B

The seat belt is released by pressing the re-lease button in the locking buckle. When it isreleased, the belt should automatically drawback into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt to besure it is not twisted, then try again.

Page 25: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 17

B230A02O-AAT

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in the rearseat and must always be properly restrainedto minimize the risk of injury in an accident,sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According

B220C01A-AAT

To Release the Seat BeltTo Release the Seat BeltTo Release the Seat BeltTo Release the Seat BeltTo Release the Seat Belt

When you want to release the seat belt, pressthe button in the locking buckle.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The center lap belt latching mechanism isThe center lap belt latching mechanism isThe center lap belt latching mechanism isThe center lap belt latching mechanism isThe center lap belt latching mechanism isdifferent from those for the rear seat shoul-different from those for the rear seat shoul-different from those for the rear seat shoul-different from those for the rear seat shoul-different from those for the rear seat shoul-der belts. When fastening the rear seatder belts. When fastening the rear seatder belts. When fastening the rear seatder belts. When fastening the rear seatder belts. When fastening the rear seatshoulder belts or the center lap belt, makeshoulder belts or the center lap belt, makeshoulder belts or the center lap belt, makeshoulder belts or the center lap belt, makeshoulder belts or the center lap belt, makesure they are inserted into the correct buck-sure they are inserted into the correct buck-sure they are inserted into the correct buck-sure they are inserted into the correct buck-sure they are inserted into the correct buck-les to obtain maximum protection from theles to obtain maximum protection from theles to obtain maximum protection from theles to obtain maximum protection from theles to obtain maximum protection from theseat belt system and assure proper opera-seat belt system and assure proper opera-seat belt system and assure proper opera-seat belt system and assure proper opera-seat belt system and assure proper opera-tion.tion.tion.tion.tion.

HSM293

B220B01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat BeltAdjusting Your Seat BeltAdjusting Your Seat BeltAdjusting Your Seat BeltAdjusting Your Seat Belt

SSA1090T

With a 2-point static type seat belt, the lengthmust be adjusted manually so it fits snuglyaround your body. Fasten the belt and pull onthe loose end to tighten. The belt should beplaced as low as possible on your hips, not onyour waist. If the belt is too high, it couldincrease the possibility of your being injured inan accident.

CorrectShorten

Too high

to accident statistics provided by the NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in the frontseat. Larger children should use one of theseat belts provided.All 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirementsin your state. Child and/or infant safety seatsmust be properly placed and installed in therear seat . You must use a commercially avail-able child restraint system that meets therequirements of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards (FMVSS).Children could be injured or killed in a crash iftheir restraints are not properly secured. Forsmall children and babies, a child seat orinfant seat must be used. Before buying aparticular child restraint system, make sure itfits your car seat and seat belts, and fits yourchild. Follow all the instructions provided bythe manufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING:o A child restraint system must be placed

in the rear seat. Never install a child orinfant seat on the front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur and cause thepassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldseverely injure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat. Thusonly use a child restraint in the rear seatof your vehicle.

Page 26: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 18

B230C03O-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat withthe "Tether Anchorage" System

For small children and babies, the use of achild seat or infant seat is strongly recom-mended and may be required in your state.This child seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and should beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions. It is further recommended thatthe seat be placed in the vehicle's rear seatsince this can make an important contributionto safety. Your vehicle is provided with threechild restraint hook holders for installing thechild seat or infant seat.

B230B02O

This symbol indicates the location of userready tether anchorage.

o Since a safety belt or child restraintsystem can become very hot if it is leftin a closed vehicle, be sure and checkthe seat cover and buckles before plac-ing a child there.

o When the child restraint system is notin use, fasten it with a safety belt so thatit will not be thrown forward in the caseof a sudden stop or an accident.

o Children who are too large to be in achild restraint should sit in the rear seatand be restrained with the available lap/shoulder belts. Never allow children toride in the front passanger seat.

o Always make sure that the shoulder beltportion of the lap/shoulder belt is posi-tioned midway over the shoulder andnever across the neck or behind theback. Moving the child closer to thecenter of the vehicle may help provide agood shoulder belt fit. The lap belt por-tion of the lap/shoulder belt must al-ways be positioned as low as possibleon the child's hips, and as snug aspossible.

o If the seat belt will not properly fit thechild, we recommend the use of anapproved booster seat in the rear seatin order to raise the child's seatingheight so that the seat belt will properlyfit the child.Before purchasing a booster seat, makesure that it meets applicable FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards and that

Bolt, Holder(5/16" - 30 mm)

Washer, Conical Spring

Holder, Child Restraint Hook

Retainer Washer

it is satisfactory for use with this ve-hicle.

o Never allow a child to stand up or kneelon the seat.

o Never use an infant carrier or a childsafety seat that "hooks" over a seatback;it may not provide adequate security inan accident.

o Never allow a child to be held in aperson's arms while they are in a mov-ing vehicle, as this could result in seri-ous injury to the child in the event of anaccident or a sudden stop. Holding achild in a moving vehicle does not pro-vide the child with any means of protec-tion during an accident, even if the per-son holding the child is wearing a seatbelt.

B230B01E-AAT

Using a Child Restraint System

SSA1100B

Page 27: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 19

B230F01A-AAT

Installation on Rear Seat Center Posi-tion

Use the center seat belt for the rear seat tosecure the child restraint system as illus-trated. After installation of the child restraintsystem, rock the child seat back and forth,and side to side to ensure that it is properlysecured by the seat belt.If the child seat moves, readjust the length ofthe seat belt. Then, if equipped, insert thechild restraint tether strap hook into the childrestraint hook holder and tighten to secure theseat. Always refer to the child restraint systemmanufacturer's recommendation before install-ing the child restraint system in your vehicle.

B230F01A

On center rear seat

Three child restraint hook holders are locatedon the rear luggage compartment floor. Toinstall the child restraint seat, connect thechild restraint tether strap hook to the childrestraint hook holder and tighten to secure theseat.

Rear luggage compartment floor

B230B01O-1

Anchorage

Front of Vehicle

TetherStrap Hook

To install a child restraint system in the out-board rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap beltentirely from its retractor until a "click" is felt.This will engage the seat belt retractor auto-matic locking feature, which allows the seatbelt to retract but not extend. Install the childrestraint system, buckle the seat belt andallow the seat belt to take up any slack. Makesure that the lap portion of the belt is tightaround the child restraint system and theshoulder portion of the belt is positioned sothat it can not interfere with the child's head orneck. Also, double check to be sure that theretractor has engaged the Automatic Lockingfeature by trying to extend webbing out of theretractor. If the retractor is in the AutomaticLocking mode, the belt will be locked. Afterinstallation of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure the child

B230G01O-AAT

Installation on Outboard Rear Seats

B230G01L

Page 28: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 20

WARNING:o Do not install a child safety seat at the

center of the rear seat using the vehicle'sISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIX anchorsare only provided for the left and rightoutboard rear seating positions. Do notmisuse the ISOFIX anchors by attempt-ing to attach a child sefety seat in themiddle of the rear seat position to theISOFIX anchors. In a crash, the childseat ISOFIX attachments may not bestrong enough to secure the child re-straint seat properly in the center of therear seat and may break, causing seri-ous injury or death.

o Do not mount more than one child re-straint to a single tether or to a childrestraint lower anchorage point. The im-proper increased load may cause theanchorage points or tether anchor tobreak, causing serious injury or death.

o Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatiblechild seat only to the appropriate loca-tions shown.

o Always follow the installation and useinstructions provided by the manufac-turer of the child restraint.

restraint system is securely installed. If youneed to tighten the belt, pull more webbingtoward the retractor. When you unbuckle theseat belt and allow it to retract, the retractorwill automatically revert back to its normalseated passenger Emergency Locking usagecondition.

NOTE:o Before installing the child restraint sys-

tem in any seating position, read theinstructions supplied by the child re-straint system manufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed, have the system checkedimmediately by your authorized Hyundaidealer.

WARNING:o If the retractor is not in the Automatic

Locking mode, the child restraint sys-tem can move when your vehicle turnsor stops abruptly.

o Do not install any child restraint systemin the front passenger seat. Should anaccident occur and cause the passen-ger side airbag to deploy, it could se-verely injure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat. There-fore, only use a child restraint system inthe rear seat of your vehicle.

B230D03E-AAT

Securing the Child Restraint Seat withthe "ISOFIX" System

B230F01O

Some child seat manufacturers make safetyseats that are labeled as ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child seats. These seats includetwo rigid or webbing mounted attachmentsthat connect to two ISOFIX anchors at spe-cific seating positions in your vehicle. Thistype of child seat eliminates the need to useseat belts to attach the child seat for forward-facing child seats.ISOFIX anchors have been provided in yourvehicle. The ISOFIX anchors are located inthe left and right outboard rear seating posi-tions. Their locations are shown in the illus-tration. There is no ISOFIX anchor providedfor the center rear seating position.

Page 29: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 21

B180B01A-AAT

Pre-tensioner Seat BeltYour Hyundai vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts.The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to makesure that the seat belts fit tightly against theoccupant's body in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activatedwith the airbags.

B180B01S

The pre-tensioner seat belt operates in thesame way as an Emergency Locking Retrac-tor (ELR) type of seat belt. When the vehiclestops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to leanforward too quickly, the seat belt retractor willlock into position. However, in certain frontalcollisions, the pre-tensioner will activate andpull the seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.

The ISOFIX anchors are located between theseatback and the seat cushion of the rear seatleft and right outboard seating positions.Follow the child seat manufacturer's instruc-tions to properly install safety seats withISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the ISOFIX childrestraint seat, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the ISOFIX and tether anchors.Also, test the safety seat before you place thechild in it. Tilt the seat from side to side. Alsotry to tug the seat forward. Check to see if theanchors hold the seat in place.

WARNING:If the child restraint seat is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision greatly in-creases.

B230D02O

ISOFIX Anchor

ISOFIX AnchorLocation Indicator

The seat belt pre-tensioner system consistsmainly of the following components. Theirlocations are shown in the illustration.

1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt:

1. The seat belt must be worn correctly.2. The seat belt must be adjusted to the

correct position.

B180B02S

Driver's airbag

1

2 3

Passenger'sairbag

Page 30: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 22

Your Hyundai is equipped with a Supplemen-tal Restraint (Airbag) System. The indicationsof the system’s presence are the letters "SRSAIRBAG" embossed on the airbag pad coverin the steering wheel and the passenger’sside front panel pad above the glove box.

B240A02F-AAT

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT(AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS)

Driver's Airbag

B240A01O

o Improper handling of the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies, and failure to heedthe warnings to not strike, modify, in-spect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadvertentactivation and serious injury.

o Always wear the seat belts when drivingor riding in a motor vehicle.

NOTE:o Both the driver's and front passenger's

pre-tensioner seat belts will be acti-vated in certain frontal collisions. Thepre-tensioner seat belts can be acti-vated with the airbags. The pre-tensioners will be activated under theseconditions even if the seat belts are notbeing worn at the time of the collision.

o When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal operat-ing conditions and are not hazardous.

o Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged periods.Wash your hands and face thoroughlyafter an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

CAUTION:o Because the sensor that activates the

SRS airbag is connected with pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS airbag warn-ing light on the instrument panel willblink for approximately 6 seconds afterthe ignition key has been turned to the"ON" position, and then it should turnoff.

o If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not work-ing properly, this warning light will illu-minate even if there is no malfunction

of SRS airbag system. If the SRS airbagwarning light does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to "ON" or if itremains illuminated after blinking forapproximately 6 seconds, or if it illumi-nates while the vehicle is being driven,please have an authorized Hyundai deal-er inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt orSRS airbag system as soon as pos-sible.

WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to operate

only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced.All seat belts, of any type, should al-ways be replaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

o The pre-tensioner seat belt assemblymechanisms become hot during activa-tion. Do not touch the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies for several min-utes after they have been activated.

o Do not attempt to inspect or replace thepre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Thismust be done by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies.

o Do not attempt to service or repair thepre-tensioner seat belt system in anymanner.

Page 31: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 23

Rollover

deploy once. Thus, seat belts must beworn at all times.

o Front airbags are not intended deploy inlight collisions in which protection canbe provided by the seat belt.

B240D01O

Side impact

Rear impact

o Front airbags are not intended to de-ploy in side-impact, rear-impact orrollover crashes. In addition, airbagswill not deploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold speed.

o The driver should sit back as far aspossible while still maintaining controlof the vehicle. If you are sitting tooclose to the airbag, it can cause deathor serious injury when it inflates.

o No objects should be placed over or nearthe airbag modules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the front passen-ger's panel above the glove box,because any such object could causeharm if the vehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the airbags to deploy.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags in-stalled under the pad covers in the center ofthe steering wheel and the passenger’s sidefront panel above the glove box. The purposeof the SRS is to provide the vehicle’s driverand the front passenger with additional pro-tection when used together with the seat belt,in case of a frontal impact.

NOTE:Be sure to read information about the SRSon the labels provided on the backside ofthe sun visor and in the glove box.

WARNING:o As its name implies, the SRS is de-

signed to work with, and be supplemen-tal to, the driver’s and the passenger’sthree point seat belt systems and is nota substitute for them. Therefore, yourseat belts must be worn at all timeswhile the vehicle is in motion. Theairbags deploy only in certain frontalimpact conditions severe enough tolikely cause significant injury to thevehicle occupants.

o The SRS is designed to deploy theairbags only when an impact is suffi-ciently severe and when the impact an-gle is less than 30° from the forwardlongitudinal axis of the vehicle and willnot deploy in side, rear or rollover im-pacts. Additionally, the airbags will only

o If the airbags deploy, they must be re-placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbags orby rendering the SRS inoperative.

o Do not install a child restraint system inthe front passenger seat position. Achild restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orchild could be severely injured or killedby an airbag deployment in case of anaccident. Do not allow children to ridein the front passanger seat. If olderchildren (teenagers and older) must ridein the front seat, make sure they arealways propely belted and that the seatis moved back as far as possible.

o For maximum safety protection in alltypes of crashes, all occupants includ-ing the driver should always wear theirseat belts whether or not an airbag isalso provided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severe injury ordeath in the event of a crash. Do not sitor lean unnecessarily close to the airbagwhile the vehicle is in motion.

o The SRS airbag system must deployvery rapidly to provide protection in acrash. If an occupant is out of positionbecause of not wearing a seat belt, theairbag may forcefully contact the occu-pant causing serious or fatal injuries.

Page 32: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 24

B240B01O

Passenger's Airbag

Upon deployment, tear seams molded directlyinto the pad covers will separate under pres-sure from the expansion of the airbags. Fur-ther opening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the airbags.

A fully inflated airbag in combination with aproperly worn seat belt slows the driver’s orthe passenger’s forward motion, thus reduc-ing the risk of head or chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag immedi-ately starts deflating, enabling the driver tomaintain forward visibility.

The airbag modules are located both in thecenter of the steering wheel and in the frontpassenger’s panel above the glove box.When the SRSCM detects a considerableimpact to the front of the vehicle, it will auto-matically deploy the airbags.

B240B02A-AAT

SRS Components and Functions

SSA1110B

The SRS consists of the following compo-nents:

- Driver’s Airbag Module- Passenger’s Airbag Module- Knee Bolster- SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI)- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)

The SRSCM continually monitors all elementswhile the ignition is "ON" to determine if afrontal or near-frontal impact is severe enoughto require airbag deployment.

SSA1110C

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) onthe instrument panel will blink for about 6seconds after the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position or after the engine is started,after which the SRI should go out.

SSA1110D

Page 33: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 25

warm water and a mild soap after anaccident in which the airbags were de-ployed.

o The SRS can function only when theignition key is in the "ON" position. Ifthe SRS SRI does not come on, orcontinuously remains on, after flashingfor about 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, orafter the engine is started, or comes onwhile driving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have your ve-hicle immediately inspected by yourHyundai dealer.

o Before you replace a fuse or disconnecta battery terminal, turn the ignition keyto the "LOCK" position or remove theignition key. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) when theignition key is in the "ON" position.Failure to heed this warning will causethe SRS SRI to illuminate.

Passenger's Airbag

YR10353A

CAUTION:When installing the container of liquid airfreshener inside a vehicle, do not place itnear the instrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel pad surface. If there isany leakage from the air freshener ontothese areas (Instrument cluster, instrumentpanel pad or air ventilator), it may damagethese parts. If the liquid from the air fresh-ener does leak onto these areas, washthem with water immediately.

WARNING:o When the SRS is activated, there may

be a loud noise and fine dust will bereleased throughout the vehicle. Theseconditions are normal and are not haz-ardous. However, the fine dust generat-ed during airbag deployment may causeskin irritation. Be sure to wash yourhands and face thoroughly with luke-

Your Hyundai is equipped with a side impactairbag in each front seat. The purpose of theairbag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/orthe front passenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt alone. Theside impact airbags are designed to deployonly during certain side-impact collisions, de-pending on the crash severity, angle, speedand point of impact. The side impact air bagsare not designed to deploy in all side impactsituations.

B990B03Y-AAT

Side Impact Airbag (If installed)

B990B02Y

Page 34: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 26

WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint system in

the front passenger seat position.A child restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orbaby could be severely injured or killedby an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

o Modification to SRS components or wir-ing, including the addition of any kind ofbadges to the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and lead to pos-sible injury.

o For cleaning the airbag pad covers, useonly a soft, dry cloth or one which hasbeen moistened with plain water. Sol-vents or cleaners could adversely affectthe airbag covers and proper deploy-ment of the system.

B240C01AB990B03Y

WARNING:o For best protection from the side im-

pact airbag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side impactairbag, both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with the seatbelt properly fastened. The driver'shands should be placed on the steeringwheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 o'clock posi-tions. The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed in their laps.

o Do not use any accessory seat covers.o Use of seat covers could reduce or

prevent the effectiveness of the system.o Do not install any accessories on the

side or near the side impact airbag.o Do not use excessive force on the side

of the seat.o Do not place any objects over the airbag

or between the airbag and yourself.

Side airbagsensor

o Do not place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door andthe front seat. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side impactair bag inflates.

o To prevent unexpected deployment ofthe side impact air bag that may resultin personal injury,avoid impact to theside airbag sensor when the ignitionkey is on.

B240C01A-AAT

SRS Careo The SRS is virtually maintenance free and

there are no parts you can safely service byyourself. The entire SRS system must beinspected by an authorized Hyundai dealerin 10 years after the date that the vehiclewas manufactured.

o Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or any workon the steering wheel must be performedby a qualified Hyundai technician. Improperhandling of the airbag system may result inserious personal injury.

Page 35: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 27

o No objects should be placed over ornear the airbag modules on the steeringwheel, instrument panel, and the frontpassenger’s panel above the glove box,because any such object could causeharm if the vehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the airbags to inflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must be re-placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbags orby rendering the SRS inoperative.

o If components of the airbag system mustbe discarded, or if the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety precautionsmust be observed. Your Hyundai dealerknows these precautions and can giveyou the necessary information. Failureto follow these precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk of per-sonal injury.

o If you sell your vehicle, be sure to informthe new owner of these important pointsand make certain that this manual istransferred to the new owner.

o If your car was flooded and has soakedcarpeting or water on the floor, youshouldn't try to start the engine; havethe car towed to an authorized Hyundaidealer.

Page 36: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 28

B250A02O-AAT

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

1. Multi-Function Light 2. Horn and Driver's Airbag 3. Ignition Switch 4. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch 5. Front Fog Light Switch (If installed) 6. Hazard Warning Switch 7. Digital Clock

8. Audio System (If installed) 9. Rear Defroster Switch10. Passenger's Airbag11. Hood Release Lever12. Panel Brightness Control Knob

(Rheostat Switch)13. Cruise Control Switch (If installed)

14. Steering Wheel Tilt Lever15. Ashtray16. Parking Brake Lever17. Shift Lever18. Power Outlet19. Cigarette Lighter20. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel21. Glove Box

CAUTION:When installing the container of liquid airfreshener inside a vehicle, do not place itnear the instrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel pad surface. If there isany leakage from the air freshener ontothese areas (Instrument cluster, instrumentpanel pad or air ventilator), it may damagethese parts. If the liquid from the air fresh-ener does leak onto these areas, washthem with water immediately.

11

1

12 13 1516 17B250A01O-1

2 3 4 108765

1314 21201918

9

Page 37: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 29

B260A01O

B260A01O-AAT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

1. Coolant Temperature Gauge 2. Tachometer 3. Turn Signal Indicator Light 4. High Beam Indicator Light 5. Speedometer 6. Odometer / Trip Odometer 7. Fuel Gauge 8. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

9. Cruise Indicator (If installed)10. Oil Pressure Warning Light11. Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System

Service Reminder Indicator (SRI)12. Seat Belt Warning Light13. Tailgate Open Warning Light14. Door Ajar Warning Light15. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator

Light (If installed)

16. Charging System Warning Light17. Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level

Warning Light18. ABS Service Reminder Indicator

(If installed)19. Low Fuel Warning Light20. Traction Control Indicator Light (If installed)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 141516 17 18 19 20

3

Page 38: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 30

B260B01A-AAT

SRS (Airbag) ServiceReminder Indicator (SRI)

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI)comes on and flashes for about 6 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the "ON"position or after the engine is started, afterwhich it will go out.

This light also comes on when the SRS is notworking properly. If the SRI does not come on,or continuously remains on after flashing forabout 6 seconds when you turned the ignitionkey to the "ON" position or started the engine,or if it comes on while driving, have the SRSinspected by an authorized Hyundai Dealer.

B260D01A-AAT

Turn Signal Indicator Lights

The blinking green arrows on the instrumentpanel show the direction indicated by the turnsignals. If the arrow comes on but does notblink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or doesnot illuminate at all, a malfunction in the turnsignal system is indicated. Your dealer shouldbe consulted for repairs.

B260E01A-AAT

Seat Belt Reminder LightAnd Chime

The seat belt reminder light comes on forabout 6 seconds when the ignition key isturned from the "OFF" position to "ON" or"START". If the driver's seat belt is not fas-

tened, the warning chime will sound at thesame time.

B260G01A-AAT

Oil Pressure Warning Light

CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, serious en-gine damage may result. The oil pressurewarning light comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normal opera-tion, it should come on when the ignitionswitch is turned on, then go out when theengine is started. If the oil pressure warn-ing light stays on while the engine is run-ning, there is a serious malfunction.If this happens, stop the car as soon as itis safe to do so, turn off the engine andcheck the oil level. If the oil level is low, fillthe engine oil to the proper level and startthe engine again. If the light stays on withthe engine running, turn the engine offimmediately. In any instance where the oillight stays on when the engine is running,the engine should be checked by a Hyundaidealer before the car is driven again.

B260F01A-AAT

High Beam Indicator Light

The high beam indicator light comes on when-ever the headlights are switched to the highbeam or flash position.

B260H02A-AAT

Parking Brake/Brake Fluid LevelWarning Light

WARNING:If you suspect brake trouble, have yourbrakes checked by a Hyundai dealer assoon as possible. Driving your car with aproblem in either the brake electrical sys-tem or brake hydraulic system is danger-ous, and could result in a serious injury ordeath.

Warning Light OperationThe parking brake/brake fluid level warninglight should come on when the parking brakeis applied and the ignition switch is turned to"ON" or "START". After the engine is started,the light should go out when the parking brakeis released.If the parking brake is not applied, the warninglight should come on when the ignition switchis turned to "ON" or "START", then go outwhen the engine starts. If the light comes onat any other time, you should slow the vehicleand bring it to a complete stop in a safelocation off the roadway.The brake warning light indicates that thebrake fluid level in the brake master cylinderis low and hydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications should beadded. After adding fluid, if no other trouble isfound, the car should be immediately andcarefully driven to a Hyundai dealer for in-

Page 39: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 31

spection. If further trouble is experienced, thevehicle should not be driven at all but takento a dealer by a professional towing service orsome other safe method.Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonalbraking systems. This means you still havebraking on two wheels even if one of the dualsystems should fail. With only one of the dualsystems working, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure are requiredto stop the car. Also, the car will not stop in asshort a distance with only half of the brakesystem working. If the brakes fail while youare driving, shift to a lower gear for additionalengine braking and stop the car as soon as itis safe to do so.

B260J01A-AAT

Charging System Warning Light

The charging system warning light shouldcome on when the ignition is turned on, thengo out when the engine is running. If the lightstays on while the engine is running, there isa malfunction in the electrical charging sys-tem. If the light comes on while you aredriving, stop, turn off the engine and checkunder the hood. First, make certain the gen-erator drive belt is in place. If it is, check thetension of the belt. Do this as shown on page6-12 by pushing down on the center of thebelt. And then have the system checked byyour Hyundai dealer.

B260B01B-GAT

Tail gate Open Warning Light

This light remains on unless the tail gate iscompletely closed.

B260L01Y-AAT

Door Ajar Warning Lightand Chime

The door ajar warning light warns you that adoor is not completely closed and the chimewarns you that driver's side front door is notcompletely closed.

NOTE:To remind you not to lock the key insidethe car, the warning light comes on when-ever the key is in the "LOCK" position anda door is open. The warning chime onlysounds whenever the key is in the "LOCK"position and driver's side front door isopen. The chime sounds and the lightremains on until the key is removed fromthe ignition.

B260M01A-AAT

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

The low fuel level warning light comes onwhen the fuel tank is approaching empty.When it comes on, you should add fuel assoon as possible. Driving with the fuel levelwarning light on or with the fuel level below"E" can cause the engine to misfire and dam-age the catalytic converter.

B260N01A-AAT

Malfunction Indicator Light

This light illuminates when there is a malfunc-tion of an exhaust gas related component, andthe system is not functioning properly so thatthe exhaust gas regulation values are notsatisfied. This light will also illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON" position, andwill go out in a few seconds. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON" position, takeyour car to your nearest authorized Hyundaidealer and have the system checked.

B260P02Y-GAT

ABS Service ReminderIndicator (If installed)

When the key is turned to the "ON" position,the Anti-Lock Brake System will come on andthen go off in a few seconds. If the ABS SRIremains on, comes on while driving, or doesnot come on when the key is turned to the"ON" position, this indicates that there may bea problem with the ABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checked byyour Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. Thenormal braking system will still be operational,but without the assistance of the anti-lockbrake system.

CAUTION:If the both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brake fluid level warning lights remain

Page 40: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 32

B260C01O-GAT

Traction Control IndicatorLights(If installed)

The traction control indicators change opera-tion according to the ignition switch positionand whether or not the system is in operation.They will also illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to the "ON" position, but should goout after the engine starts. If the TCS indicatorblinks or stays on, take your car to yourauthorized Hyundai dealer and have the sys-tem checked. See section 2 for more informa-tion about the TCS system.

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING SOUNDThe front disc brake pads have wear indica-tors that should make a high-pitched squeal-ing or scraping noise when new pads areneeded. The sound may come and go or beheard all the time when the vehicle is moving.It may also be heard when the brake pedal ispushed down firmly. Excessive rotor damagewill result if the worn pads are not replaced.See your Hyundai dealer immediately.

B290A01A-AAT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

B290A01O

"ON" or come on while driving, there maybe a problem with E.B.D (Electronic BrakeForce Distribution).If this occurs, avoid sudden stops andhave your vehicle checked by your Hyundaidealer as soon as possible.

B270B01O-AAT

PARKING START WARNING SOUNDIf the vehicle driven at over 2mph(3km/h)more 2~3 seconds, the warning chime willsound continuously when the parking brakeengaged.

The needle on the gauge indicates the ap-proximate fuel level in the fuel tank. The fuelcapacity is given in Section 9.

B280A01A-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

B280A01O

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. The engine coolant is underpressure and could erupt and cause se-vere burns. Wait until the engine is coolbefore adding coolant to the reservoir.

The needle on the engine coolant tempera-ture gauge should stay in the normal range. Ifit moves across the dial to "H" (Hot), pull overand stop as soon as possible and turn off theengine. Then open the hood and check thecoolant reservoir level and the water pump

B260Q03O-DAT

Cruise Indicator(If installed)

The cruise indicator light in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruise controlON´OFF switch is pushed on the steeringwheel.The indicator light does not illuminate whenthe cruise control ON´OFF switch is pushedagain. Information about the use of cruisecontrol is beginning on page 1-51.

Page 41: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 33

B300A01A-AAT

SPEEDOMETER

B300A01O

Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibrated inmiles per hour (on the outer scale) and kilo-meters per hour (on the inner scale).

drive belt. If you suspect cooling system trou-ble, have your cooling system checked by aHyundai dealer as soon as possible.

B300A03O

B300A04O

1

2

3

Reset switch

B310B02E-AAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER

B300A05O

OdometerRecords the total distance the vehicle hasbeen driven.

NOTE:Federal law forbids alteration of the odom-eter of any vehicle with the intent to changethe number of the odometer. The alterationmay void your warranty coverage.

Function of digital odometer/trip odom-eterPushing in the reset switch under the rightside of the speedometer when the ignitionswitch is turned "ON" displays the followingsequence:

1. OdometerThe odometer records the total driving dis-tance in miles.

2,3 Trip odometerRecords the distance of 2 trips in miles.TRIP A: first distance you have traveled fromyour origination point to a first destination.TRIP B: Second distance from the first desti-nation to the final destination.

Page 42: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 34

B340A01A-AAT

COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND HIGH-BEAMSWITCHTurn Signal OperationPulling down on the lever causes the turnsignals on the left side of the car to blink.Pushing upwards on the lever causes the turnsignals on the right side of the car to blink. Asthe turn is completed, the lever will automati-cally return to the center position and turn offthe turn signals at the same time. If either turnsignal indicator light blinks more rapidly thanusual, goes on but does not blink, or does notgo on at all, there is a malfunction in thesystem. Check for a burned-out fuse or bulbor see your Hyundai dealer.

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

HSM286

B330A01Y-AAT

TACHOMETER

B330A01O

The tachometer registers the speed of yourengine in revolutions per minute (rpm). It isuseful to help you shift at the appropriateengine speed to avoid lugging or over-revvingthe engine.

CAUTION:The engine should not be raced to such aspeed that the needle enters the red zoneon the tachometer face. This can causesevere engine damage and may void yourwarranty.

To shift from TRIP A to TRIP B, press thereset switch. When pressed for 2 seconds, itwill reset to 0.

B340C02L-AAT

Headlight Switch

HSM284

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel onthe end of the multi-function switch. The firstposition turns on the parking lights, sidelights,tail lights and instrument panel lights. Thesecond position turns on the headlights.

To indicate a lane change, move the lever upor down to a point where it begins flashing.The lever will automatically return to the cen-ter position when released.

Parking light auto cutIf you do not turn the parking lights "OFF"after driving, the parking lights will automati-cally shut "OFF" when the driver's door isopened.To turn them "ON" again, you must simplyturn the ignition key to the "ON" position.

Page 43: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 35

B340D01A-AAT

High-beam SwitchTo turn on the headlight high beams, push thelever forward (away from you). The High BeamIndicator Light will come on at the same time.For low beams, pull the lever back towardyou.

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

HSM287

To flash the headlights, pull the switch levertoward you, then release it. The headlightscan be flashed even though the headlightswitch is in the "OFF" position.

HSM289

B360A01A-AAT

Front Fog Light Switch (If installed)

To turn on the front fog lights, push the switch.They will light when the headlight switch is inthe second position and the ignition key is inthe "ON" position.

To operate the auto light, turn the barrel onthe end of the multi-function switch. If you setthe multi-function switch to "AUTO", the taillights and headlights will be turned automati-cally on or off according to external illumina-tion.

B340F01L-GAT

Auto Light (If installed)

HSM294

Page 44: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 36

B350B01O-GAT

Windshield Washer Operation

B350B01O-1

To use the windshield washer, pull the wiper/washer lever toward the steering wheel. Whenthe washer lever is operated, the wipers auto-matically make two passes across the wind-shield. The washer continues to operate untilthe lever is released.

NOTE:o Do not operate the washer more than 15

seconds at a time or when the fluidreservoir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be sure thewiper blades are not frozen to the glassprior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in winter,use windshield washer antifreeze.

Mist Wiper Operation

B350B02O-1

If a single wipe is desired in mist, push thewindshield wiper and washer control leverupwards.

B350C01O-1

B350C01O-AAT

Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Opera-tion

B350A01A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

The windshield wiper switch has three posi-tions:

1. Intermittent wiper operation2. Low-speed operation3. High-speed operation

NOTE:To prevent damage to the wiper system, donot attempt to wipe away heavy accumula-tions of snow or ice. Accumulated snowand ice should be removed manually. Ifthere is only a light layer of snow or ice,operate the heater in the defrost mode tomelt the snow or ice before using thewiper.

B350A01O-1

Page 45: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 37

B380A01A-AAT

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

HSM035

The rear window defroster is turned on bypushing in on the switch. To turn the defrosteroff, push in on the switch a second time. Therear window defroster automatically turns it-self off after about 15 minutes. To restart thedefroster cycle, push in on the switch againafter it has turned itself off.

CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of the rearwindow glass with an abrasive type ofglass cleaner or use a scraper to removeforeign deposits from the inner surface ofthe glass as this may cause damage to thedefroster elements.

B370A01A-AAT

HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM

HSM034

The hazard warning system should be usedwhenever you find it necessary to stop the carin a hazardous location. When you must makesuch an emergency stop, always pull off theroad as far as possible.The hazard warning lights are turned on bypushing in on the hazard switch. This causesall turn signal lights to blink. The hazardwarning lights will operate even though thekey is not in the ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off, push inon the switch a second time.

To use the intermittent wiper feature, placethe wiper switch in the "INT" position. With theswitch in this position, the interval betweenwipes can be varied from approximately 1 to18 seconds by turning the interval adjusterbarrel. It also can be varied by vehicle speedswithin same time.

B350D01O-1

B350A01O-AAT

Tailgate Wiper And Washer Switch

1. :The washer fluid will be sprayed onto therear window and the wiper operates whilethe rear window wiper barrel is placed inthis position.

2.OFF3.INT :To use the intermittent wiper feature,

place the rear window wiper barrel inthe

4.ON : When the point indicate "ON", the rearwindow wiper operates continuously.

Page 46: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 38

B410A01A-AAT

INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT CON-TROL (RHEOSTAT)

B410A01O

The instrument panel lights can be madebrighter or dimmer by turning the instrumentpanel light control knob.

NOTE:The engine must be running for the rearwindow defroster to operate.

B400A01A-AAT

DIGITAL CLOCK (If Installed)

There are three control buttons for the digitalclock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hour indi-cated.MIN - Push "M" to advance the minute indicat-ed.RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" tofacilitate resetting the clock to the correcttime. When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29changes the readout to 11 : 00.Pressing "R" between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29changes the readout to 12 : 00.

HSM100

B400B01O-GAT

DIGITAL CALENDAR (with sunroof)

HSM292

How to adjust the date1. Whenever "M" button is pushed, the

"YEAR", "MONTH" and "DAY" each blinksin order.

2. Adjust the date by pushing " (UP)","(DOWN)" button when the year/month/dayblinks.

3. After adjusting the date, push "M" buttononce more and the adjustment is com-pleted.

How to adjust the hour1. If you push "M" button for longer than "3

sec" from the date adjusting mode, the"YEAR" blinks and the "HOUR" blinks. Andif you push "M" button once more, the"MINUTE" blinks.

2. Adjust the date by pushing " (UP)", "(DOWN)" button when the hour/minuteblinks.

3. After adjusting the time, push "M" buttononce more and all adjustment is com-pleted.

NOTE:When the battery has been reconnected orcharged, set the date and time as describedabove. However, the first adjusting mode isset on DEC 01.

Page 47: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 39

B420A01O

B420A02A-AAT

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

For the cigarette lighter to work, the key mustbe in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the wayinto its socket. When the element has heated,the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in.This can damage the heating element andcreate a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine Hyundai replace-ment or its approved equivalent.

CAUTION:Do not use electric accessories or equip-ment other than the Hyundai genuine partsin the socket.

B500D07O-GAT

POWER OUTLET (If Installed)

These supply 12V electric power to operateelectric accessories or equipment only whenthe key is in the "ON" or "ACC" position.

CAUTION:Do not use electric accessories or equip-ment other than the Hyundai genuine partsin the socket.

B500D01O

B430A01O-AAT

FRONT ASHTRAY

B430A01O

The front ashtray may be opened by pulling itout by its grip.To clean the ashtray, the plastic receptacleshould be removed and lift the receptacle out.

Page 48: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 40

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not place anything else on the drinkDo not place anything else on the drinkDo not place anything else on the drinkDo not place anything else on the drinkDo not place anything else on the drinkholder. Such objects can be thrown out,holder. Such objects can be thrown out,holder. Such objects can be thrown out,holder. Such objects can be thrown out,holder. Such objects can be thrown out,possibly injuring persons in the vehiclepossibly injuring persons in the vehiclepossibly injuring persons in the vehiclepossibly injuring persons in the vehiclepossibly injuring persons in the vehicleduring sudden braking or in an accident.during sudden braking or in an accident.during sudden braking or in an accident.during sudden braking or in an accident.during sudden braking or in an accident.

B440A01Y-AAT

REAR ASHTRAY

B440A01O

The rear ashtray may be opened by pulling itout by its top edge. To remove the ashtray toempty or clean it, lift it up slightly and pull it allthe way out.

B450A01O-AAT

DRINK HOLDER

B450A01O

The drink holder is located on the main con-sole for holding cups or cans.

WARNING:Do not place objects other than cups orcans in the drink holder. The objects canbe thrown out in the event of a suddenstop or an accident, possibly injuring thepassengers in the vehicle.

The rear drink holder is located on the rearmain console for holding cups or cans. Therear drink holder can be used by pushing it atits top edge.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Place the drink holder in its original posi-Place the drink holder in its original posi-Place the drink holder in its original posi-Place the drink holder in its original posi-Place the drink holder in its original posi-tion while not in use.tion while not in use.tion while not in use.tion while not in use.tion while not in use.

B450B01O-AAT

REAR DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)REAR DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)REAR DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)REAR DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)REAR DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)

B450B01O

B460A01Y-AAT

SUNROOF (If installed)Sun Shade

Your HYUNDAI is equipped with a slidingsunshade which you can manually adjust tolet in light with the sunroof closed, or to blocksunlight.

WARNING:Never adjust the sunshade while driving.

B460A01O

Page 49: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 41

B460D01O-GAT

Manual Operation of SunroofIf the sunroof does not electrically operate:

1. Open the spectacle case.

B460D02O

2. Turn the hexagonal bolts counterclockwiseto remove the overhead console with asocket wrench.

B460D01O

B460C01Y-AAT

Tilting the Sunroof System

The sunroof can be tilted and closed with theignition key in the "ON" position. Release thebutton when the sunroof reaches the desiredposition.

NOTE:After washing the car or after there is rain,be sure to wipe off any water that is on thesunroof before operating it.

B460C01O

B460B01O-GAT

Opening the Sunroof System

The sunroof can be electrically opened orclosed with the ignition key in the "ON" posi-tion. To open or to close, press and hold thebutton located in overhead console. Releasethe button when the sunroof reaches thedesired position.

WARNING:o Do not close a sunroof if anyone’s

hands, arms or body are between thesliding glass and the sunroof sash, asthis could result in injury.

o Do not place your head or arms out ofthe sunroof opening at any time.

CAUTION:o Do not open the sunroof in severely

cold temperature or when it is coveredwith ice or snow.

o Periodically remove any dirt that mayhave accumulated on the guide rails.

B460B01O

Page 50: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 42

B490A01O

B490A02Y-AAT

INTERIOR LIGHT

The interior courtesy light has three buttons.The three buttons are:

o DOORIn the " DOOR " position, the interior courtesylight comes on when any door is openedregardless of the ignition key position. Thelight goes out gradually 6 seconds after thedoor is closed.

o ONIn the "ON" position, the light stays on at alltimes.

o OFFIn the "OFF" position, the light stays off at alltimes even though a door is open.

B480B01O-AAT

MAP LIGHT

Push in the map light switch to turn the lighton or off. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map light at night or as apersonal light for the driver and the passen-ger.

B460D03O

3. Insert the hexagonal head wrench pro-vided with the vehicle into the socket. Thiswrench can be found in the vehicle’s glovebox.

4. Turn the wrench clockwise to open orcounterclockwise to close.

HSM046

With Sunroof Without Sunroof

Page 51: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 43

B500A01O

B500A01S-AAT

GLOVE BOX

WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop, the glovebox door should be kept closed when thecar is in motion.

o To open the glove box, pull on the glovebox release lever.

o The glove box door can be locked (andunlocked) with the key (If installed).

B510A01A-AAT

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORManual Type

B510A01O

The outside rearview mirrors are equippedwith a remote control for your convenience. Itis operated by the control lever in the bottomfront corner of the window.Before driving away, always check that yourmirrors are positioned so you can see behindyou, both to the left and right sides, as well asdirectly behind your vehicle. When using themirror, always exercise caution when attempt-ing to judge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the mirror control is jammed with ice, donot attempt to break it free using the con-trol handle or by manipulating the face ofthe mirror. Use an approved spray de-icer(not radiator antifreeze) to release the fro-

zen mechanism or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

B510B01Y-AAT

Electric Type (If installed)

B510B01O

The outside rearview mirrors can be adjustedto your preferred rear vision, both directlybehind the vehicle, and to the rear of the leftand right sides.The remote control outside rearview mirrorswitch controls the adjustments for both rightand left outside mirrors.

To adjust the position of eithermirror:1. Move the selecting switch to the right or

left to activate the adjustable mechanismfor the corresponding door mirror.

2. Now, adjust mirror angle by depressing theappropriate perimeter switch as illustrated.

Page 52: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 44

B510C01A-AAT

FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REAR VIEWMIRRORS

To fold the outside rear view mirrors, pushthem toward the rear.The outside rear view mirrors can be foldedrearward for parking in narrow areas.

WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outside rear viewmirrors while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, and anaccident which could cause death, seriousinjury or property damage.

B510C01O

B510D01Y-AAT

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR HEAT-ER (If installed)

HSM035

The outside rearview mirror heater is actuatedin connection with the rear window defroster.To heat the outside rearview mirror glass,push in the switch for the rear window de-froster. The rearview mirror glass will be heatedfor defrosting or defogging and will give youimproved rear vision in inclement weatherconditions. Push the switch again to turn theheater off. The outside rearview mirror heaterautomatically turns itself off after 15 minutes.

B510B02O

CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch continuously

for an unnecessary length of time.o Scraping ice from the mirror face could

cause permanent damage. To removeany ice, use a sponge, soft cloth orapproved de-icer.

WARNING:Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the passengerside rear view mirror. It is a convex mirrorwith a curved surface. Any objects seen inthis mirror are closer than they appear.

Page 53: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 45

B520A01A-AAT

DAY/NIGHT INSIDE REAR VIEW MIR-ROR

B520A01O

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/nightinside rear view mirror. The "night" position isselected by flipping the tab at the bottom ofthe mirror toward you. In the "night" position,the glare of headlights of cars behind you isreduced.

B520B01O-GAT

DAY/NIGHT REAR VIEW MIRROR(Electric type) (If installed)

B520B01O

The electric type day/night inside rearviewmirror controls automatically the glare of head-lights of the car behind you. Adjust the rear-view mirror to the desired position.

B530A01A-AAT

PARKING BRAKE

B530A01O

Always engage the parking brake before leav-ing the car. This also turns on the parkingbrake indicator light when the key is in the"ON" or "START" position. Before driving away,be sure that the parking brake is fully releasedand the indicator light is off.

o To engage the parking brake, pull the leverup as far as possible.

o To release the parking brake, pull up andpress the thumb button. Then, while hold-ing the button in, lower the brake lever.

Page 54: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 46

B630A01O

B630A02O-AAT

ROOF RACK (If installed)

If your Hyundai has a roof rack, you can loadthings on top of your vehicle. Crossrails andfixing components to adapt the roof rack onyour vehicle may be obtained from an autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION:o The following specifications are recom-

mended when loading cargo or luggage.

75 lbs (34 kg) EVENLYDISTRIBUTED

o Loading cargo or luggage above 75 lbs(34 kg) on the roof rack may damageyour vehicle.When you carry large objects, never letthem hang over the rear or the sides ofyour vehicle.

o To prevent damage or loss of cargo asyou are driving, check frequently to

ROOF RACK

B540B02O-AAT

Tail gate Window

o When you push the tail gate window re-lease button to open the tail gate window,it will spring up slightly.Raise the tail gate window. The windowwill raise completly by itself after it hasbeen raised halfway.

o To close the tail gate window, lower the tailgate window, and it will close by itself.To be sure the tail gate window is securelyfastened, always try to pull it up again.

NOTE:The tail gate window lock is operated is inconnection with the tail gate lock. To openthe tail gate window make sure the tail gateis unlocked with a key or the central doorlocking switch.

B540B01O

B540A01O-AAT

TAIL GATE

B540A01O

WARNING:The tail gate should always be kept com-pletely closed while the vehicle is in mo-tion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonousexhaust gases may enter the car resultingin serious illness or death to the occu-pants. See additional warnings concerningexhaust gases on page 2-1.

o The tail gate is opened by first turning thekey clockwise to release the lock, thenraising the door manually.

o To close, lower the door, then press downon it until it locks. To be sure the door issecurely fastened, always try to pull it upagain.

Page 55: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 47

B550A01A-AAT

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOP LIGHT(If Installed)

In addition to the lower-mounted rear stop-lights on either side of the car, the highmounted rear stoplight in the center of the rearwindow also lights when the brakes are ap-plied.

make sure the luggage carrier and cargoare still securely fastened.

o Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

o To use the roof rails as a roof rack, youmust fit the roof rails with two or morecrossrails or equivalent before carryingcargo or luggage on the roof.

o When crossrail is adapted, you can loadthings on the roof rack

o Loading cargo or luggage over specifi-cation on the roof rack may damagestability of your vehicle.

B550A01O

B560B01O-AAT

Auto Fuel Cut Switch

B560B01O

The auto fuel cut switch is located on thedriver's side of the engine compartment.In the event of a collision or sudden impact,the auto fuel cut device cuts off the fuelsupply. If this device is activated, it must bereset by pressing in on the top of the switchbefore the engine can be restarted.

WARNING:Before resetting the auto fuel cut switch,the fuel line should be checked for fuelleaks.

B560A02S-AAT

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RELEASE

The fuel-filler lid may be opened from insidethe vehicle by pulling up on the fuel-filler lidopener located on the front floor area on theleft side of the car.

NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice and releasethe lid. Do not pry on the lid. If necessary,spray around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze)or move the vehicle to a warm place andallow the ice to melt.

B560A01O

Page 56: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 48

WARNING:o Always double check to be sure that the

hood is firmly latched before drivingaway. If it is not latched, the hood couldfly open while the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility, whichmight result in an accident.

o Do not move the vehicle with the hoodin the raised position, as vision is ob-structed and the hood could fall or bedamaged.

B570A02OB560A02O

WARNING:o The fuel cap must be tightened at least

3 clicks, otherwise " " light willilluminate.

o Gasoline vapors are dangerous. Beforerefueling, always stop the engine andnever allow sparks or open flames nearthe filler area. If you need to replace thefiller cap, use a genuine Hyundai re-placement part.

o If you open the fuel filler cap duringhigh ambient temperatures, a slight"pressure sound" may be heard. This isnormal and not a cause for concern.Whenever you open the fuel filler cap,turn it slowly.

o Make sure the fuel filler cap is replacedand securely seated after fueling. Fail-ure to replace or fully seat the fuel fillercap will result in fuel vapors escaping

into the atmosphere and the check en-gine "MIL" indicator illuminating.

o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzleshut off when refueling.

B570A01L-GAT

HOOD RELEASE

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood.2. Press the safety catch lever up and lift the

hood.3. Raise the hood by hand.

When closing the hood, slowly close the hoodand make sure it locks into place.

B570A01O

Page 57: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 49

B640A01S-AAT

CARGO SECURITY SCREENCARGO SECURITY SCREENCARGO SECURITY SCREENCARGO SECURITY SCREENCARGO SECURITY SCREEN(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)

B640A01O

To use the security screen, pull it out of theretractor and hook it to the anchors as illus-trated.

B580A01A-AAT

SUNVISOR

B580A01O

Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors togive the driver and front passenger eitherfrontal or sideward shade. The sun visors arefitted on both sides on all models. To reduceglare or to shut out direct rays of the sun, turnthe sun visor down to block the annoyance.A vanity mirror is provided on the back of thesun visor for the driver and front passenger.

NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)label containing useful information can befound on the back of each sun visor.

WARNING:Do not place the sun visor in such a man-ner that it obscures visibility of the road-way, traffic or other objects.

Vanity mirrorHXGS263

B571A01Y-AAT

Floor Mat Anchor

To use a floor mat on the front floor carpet,make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchorin your vehicle.This keeps the floor mat from sliding forwardand possibly interfering with the movement ofthe pedals.

WARNING:o Make sure the floor mat is properly

placed on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with the move-ment of the pedals during driving, Itmay cause an accident.

o Don't put an additional floor mat on thetop of the anchored mat, otherwise theadditional mat may slide forward andinterfere with the movement of the ped-als.

Page 58: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 50

B610A01L-GAT

HORN

B610A01O

Press the pad on the steering wheel to soundthe horn.

B620A01S-AAT

FRONT DOOR EDGE WARNINGLIGHT (If installed)

A red light comes on when the front door isopened. The purpose of this light is to assistwhen you get in or out and also to warnpassing vehicles.

B620A01O

B580B01O-AAT

Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If installed)Opening the lid of the vanity mirror on thedriver and passenger's side will automaticallyturn on the mirror light when the vehicle lightsare on.

B600A02Y-AAT

STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVER

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever upward and hold it to unlock.2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to the

desired position.3. After adjustment, release the lever.

WARNING:Do not attempt to adjust the steering wheelwhile driving as this may result in loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and serious injury ordeath.

B600A01O

B540D01O-GAT

LUGGAGE NET

HSM233

Page 59: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 51

B660A01S-AAT

CRUISE CONTROL (If installed)

B660A01O

The cruise control system provides automaticspeed control for your comfort when drivingon freeways, tollroads, or other noncongestedhighways. This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

B611A01Y-AAT

REAR SEAT ARM REST (If installed)

This arm rest is located in the center of therear seat back.

B611A01O

Some objects can be kept in the net in theluggage compartment.Use the luggage net on the floor of the lug-gage compartment to prevent objects fromsliding.

B660B02O-AAT

To Set the Cruise Speed

B660B01O

1. Push the cruise control ON´OFF button.The "CRUISE" indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will illuminate. This turns thesystem on.

2. Accelerate to desired cruising speed above25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Push the "SET" (COAST) button after youhave set the vehicle speed at the desiredspeed.

4. Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal and the desired speed will automati-cally be maintained.

5. To increase speed, temporarily depressthe accelerator pedal enough for the ve-hicle to exceed the preset speed. Whenyou remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal, the vehicle will return to the speedyou have set.

Page 60: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 52

B660F01O-GAT

To Reset at a Slower Speed

B660B01O

1. Push the "SET (COAST)" button and holdit. While the control button is pushed, thevehicle speed will gradually decrease.

2. When the desired speed is obtained, re-lease the control button.

WARNING:o Keep the main switch off when not us-

ing the cruise control.o Do not use the cruise control when it

may not be safe to keep the car at aconstant speed, for instance, driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) or windingroads or over 6% up-hill or down-hillroads.

o Pay particular attention to the drivingconditions whenever using the cruisecontrol system.

B660D01O-AAT

To Resume the Preset Speed

B660D01O

The vehicle will automatically resume thespeed set prior to cancellation when you pushthe "RESUME (ACCEL)" button, providing thevehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).

B660E01Y-AAT

To Reset at a Faster Speed1. Push the "RESUME (ACCEL)" button and

hold it.2. Accelerate to desired speed and release

the "RESUME (ACCEL)" switch. While thecontrol switch is held, the vehicle will grad-ually gain speed.

B660C02S-AAT

To cancel the cruise speed

B660C01O

Do one of the following:

o Push the "CANCEL" button.o Depress the brake pedal.o Depress the clutch pedal (Manual

transaxle).o Shift the selector lever to "N" position

(Auto-matic transaxle).o Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the

memory speed by 12 mph (20 km/h).o Decrease the vehicle speed to less than

25 mph (40 km/h).o Release the "MAIN" button.

Page 61: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 53

B670C01Y-AAT

Air Intake Control

B670C02O

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculation inside air.

Fresh

Recirculation

With the " " mode selected, air enters thevehicle from outside and is heated or cooledaccording to the other functions selected.With the " " mode selected, air from withinthe passenger compartment is drawn throughthe heating system and heated or cooledaccording to the other functions selected.

Air can be directed to the floor, dashboardoutlets, or windshield. Five symbols areused to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor,Floor-Defrost and Defrost air positions.

2. Air intake controlThis allows you to select fresh outside airor recirculation inside air.

3. Fan speed controlThis is used to select the fan speed.

4. Temperature controlThis is used to turn the heating system on/off and to select the degree of heatingdesired.

B670B01O-AAT

Fan Speed Control (Blower Control)

B670B01O-1

This is used to select the blower fan speed.The blower fan speed, and therefore the vol-ume of air delivered from the system, may becontrolled manually by setting the blower con-trol between the "1" and "4" position.

o During cruise-control driving with amanual transaxle vehicle, do not shiftinto neutral without depressing theclutch pedal, or the engine will beoverrevved. If this happens, depressthe clutch pedal or release the mainswitch.

o During normal cruise control operation,when the "SET" button is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

B670A02O-AAT

HEATING AND VENTILATION

B690A01O-1

2 3

1

4

There are four controls for the heating andcooling system. They are:

1. Air flow controlThis is used to turn the blower fan on/offand to direct the flow of air.

Page 62: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 54

Floor-LevelAir is discharged through the floor vents.If the "Floor" mode is selected, the "Fresh"mode will be activated.

B670D04O

B670D05O

Bi-LevelAir is discharged through the face vents andthe floor vents. This makes it possible to havecooler air from the dashboard vents and warmerair from the floor outlets at the same time.

Face-LevelSelecting the "Face" mode will cause air to bedischarged through the face level vents.

B670D02O

B670D03O

Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost airposition. The "OFF" mode is used to turn theblower fan off.

NOTE:o It should be noted that prolonged op-

eration of the heating system in " "mode will give rise to fogging of thewindshield and side windows and theair within the passenger compartmentwill become stale. In addition prolongeduse of the air conditioning with the " "mode selected may result in the airwithin the passenger compartment be-coming excessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to" " mode (regardless of switch posi-tion). This is normal operation.

B670D01O-AAT

Air Flow Control

B670D01O-1

This is used to turn the blower fan on/off andto direct the flow of air. Air can be directed tothe floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield.Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-

Page 63: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 55

This is used to turn the heating system on andoff and to select the degree of heating de-sired.

B670E01O

Cool Warm

B670E01A-AAT

Temperature Control

B670D07O

Floor-Defrost LevelAir is discharged through the windshield de-frost vents and the floor vents.If the "Floor-Defrost" mode is selected, the A/Cwill turn on automatically and "Fresh" mode willbe activated.

B670D06O

Defrost-LevelAir is discharged through the windshield de-frost vents.If the "Defrost" mode is selected, the A/C willturn on automatically and "Fresh" mode willbe activated.

NOTE:If the "Floor-Defrost" or "Defrost" mode isselected, the air conditioning will not turnoff by pushing the A/C button.If the air flow control is set to the defrost orthe floor-defrost mode, the A/C will be onautomatically and the A/C will not off untilthe air flow control is set to the anothermode except the defrost mode and the floor-defrost mode. Although the A/C switch indi-cator is turned off, this is normal operation.

With the "OFF" mode is selected, the "Fresh"mode will be activated and the air will enterfrom outside through the windshield defrostvents while driving.

Page 64: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 56

B710A01O-AAT

VENTILATION

B710A01O-1

To operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o To direct all intake air to the dashboardvents, set the airflow control to the face ( )position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to the desiredspeed.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"and "Warm".

B700A01O-AAT

BI-LEVEL HEATING

B700A01O-1

Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-level heat-ing controls. This makes it possible to havecooler air from the dashboard vents andwarmer air from the floor outlets at the sametime. To use this feature:

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the air flow control at the bi-level ( )position.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"and "Warm".

B690A01O-AAT

HEATING CONTROLS

For normal heating operation, set the air flowcontrol to the floor ( ) position. (The "Fresh"mode will be activated)

For faster heating, the air intake control shouldbe set in the recirculate ( ) position.

If the windows fog up, set the air flow control tothe defrost ( ) position (The A/C will turn onautomatically and "Fresh" mode will be acti-vated.)

For maximum heat, move the temperature con-trol to "Warm".

B690A01O-1

Page 65: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 57

The air conditioning is turned on or off bypushing the A/C button on the heating/airconditioning control panel.

B740A01S-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMAir Conditioning Switch

B740A01O

B740B02O-AAT

Air Conditioning Operation(If installed)Cooling

B740B01O-1

To use the air conditioning to cool the interior:

o Set the side vent control to " • ", to shut offthe outside air entry.

o Set the air flow control to the face ( )position.

o Turn on the air conditioning switch bypushing in on the switch. The air condition-ing indicator light should come on at thesame time.

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the temperature control to "Cool".("Cool" provides maximum cooling. Thetemperature may be moderated by movingthe control toward "Warm".)

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.For greater cooling, turn the fan control to

The side ventilators are located on each sideof the front door. The side vent knobs controlthe amount of outside air entering the vehiclethrough the side vents. These vents can alsobe closed, so no air enters through the sidevents. To change the direction of the air flow,turn the control knobs as desired.

B710C01O-AAT

Side Ventilator

B710B01A-AAT

Center Ventilator

HSM123

The center ventilators are located in the middleof the dashboard.To change the direction of the airflow, turn thecontrol knob on the middle of the ventilator asdesired.

B710C01O

Page 66: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 58

B730A01FC-GAT

Operation Tipso To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intake con-trol to the position. Be sure to returnthe control to the position when theirritation has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driver alertand comfortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawnin through the grilles just ahead of thewind-shield. Care should be taken thatthese are not blocked by leaves, snow, iceor other obstructions.

o To prevent interior fog on the windshield,set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position and fan speed to the desiredposition.

B740C02O-AAT

De-Humidified Heating

For dehumidified heating:

o Set the air flow control to the face ( )position.

o Turn on the air conditioning switch. The airconditioning indicator light should come onat the same time.

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.o For more rapid action, set the fan at one of

the higher speeds.o Adjust the temperature control to provide

the desired amount of warmth.

one of the higher speeds or temporarilyselect the recirculate ( ) position on theair intake control.

B740C01O-1

Page 67: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 59

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ), it may causefog to form on the exterior windshield. If this occurs, set the air flow control to the face level position( ) and fan speed control to the low position.

Use the heating/ventilation system to defrost or de-fog the windshield:

To remove interior fog on the windshield;o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

(The A/C will turn on automatically and the "Fresh"mode will be activated.)

o Set the temperature control at the desired position.o Set the fan speed control between "1" and "4" position.

To remove the frost or exterior fog on the wind-shield;o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

(The A/C will turn on automatically and the "Fresh"mode will be activated.)

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position "3" or "4".

B720A02E-AAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGINGDEFROSTING/DEFOGGINGDEFROSTING/DEFOGGINGDEFROSTING/DEFOGGINGDEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

B720A02O-1 B720B02O-1

A Type B Type A Type B Type

Page 68: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 60

B970A01Y-AAT

AUTOMATIC HEATING AND COOLINGCONTROL SYSTEM (If installed)Your Hyundai is equipped with an automaticheating and cooling control system controlledby simply setting the desired temperature.

B970B01O-AAT

Heating and Cooling Controls

1. Temperature Control Button2. AUTO (Automatic Control) Switch3. Display Window4. Air Flow Control Switch5. Blower Fan Control Switch

10987

2 3

B970B01O

1

6. OFF Switch 7. Air Conditioning Switch 8. Air Intake Control Switch 9. Defroster Switch10. Ambient Switch

4 5

6

Page 69: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 61

B970C02O-AAT

Automatic Operation

B970C01O

The FATC (Full Automatic Temperature Con-trol) system automatically controls the heatingand cooling by doing as follows:

1. Push the "AUTO" switch. The indicatorlight will come on confirming that the Face,Floor and/or Bi-Level modes as well as theblower speed and, air conditioner will becontrolled automatically.

2. Push the "TEMP" button to set the desiredtemperature.The temperature will increase to the maxi-mum 90°F(32°C) by pushing on the bu-tton. Each push of the button will cause thetemperature to increase by 1°F(0.5°C).The temperature will decrease to the mini-mum 62°F(17°C) by pushing on the bu-tton. Each push of the button will cause thetemperature to decrease by 1°F(0.5°C).

NOTE:Never place things on the sensor which islocated in the car on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

B995A01O-GAT

AMBIENT SWITCH

B980A01Y-AAT

MANUAL OPERATIONThe heating and cooling system can be con-trolled manually as well as by pushing buttonsother than the "AUTO" button. At this state,the system sequentially works according tothe order of buttons selected.The function of the buttons which are notselected will be controlled automatically.Press the "AUTO" button in order to convert toautomatic control of the system.

Pressing the "AMB" button displays the ambi-ent temperature on display window.

B970C02O

photo sensorB995A01O

NOTE:If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode will re-set to centigrade degree.This is a normal condition and you canadjust the temperature mode from centi-grade to fahrenheit as follows;Press the TEMP down ( ) button 3 sec-onds or more with the AMB button helddown.The display shows that the unit of tempera-ture is adjusted to centigrade or fahrenheit(°C → °F or °F → °C).

Page 70: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 62

B670C02S-AAT

Air Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake Control Switch

B670C01O

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculation inside air.To change the air intake control mode, (Freshmode, Recirculation mode) push the controlbutton.

FRESH MODE ( ) : The indicator light onthe button goes off when the air intake controlis fresh mode.

RECIRCULATION MODE ( ) : The indica-tor ligh on the button is illuminated when theair intake control is recirculation mode.

With the "Fresh" mode selected, air enters thevehicle from the outside and is heated orcooled according to the function selected.

With the "Recirculation" mode selected, airfrom within the passenger compartment willbe drawn through the heating system andheated or cooled according to the functionselected.

NOTE:o It should be noted that prolonged op-

eration of the heating system in "recir-culation" mode will give rise to foggingof the windshield and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment will become stale. In addition, pro-longed use of the air conditioning withthe "Recirculation" mode selected mayresult in the air within the passengercompartment becoming excessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to"FRESH" mode (regardless of switchposition). This is normal operation. Theair intake control operates in "AUTO"mode when turning the ignition to the"ON" position if the "AUTO" mode wasused before shutting off the engine.

B980B01Y-AAT

Fan Speed Control

The fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the appropriate fan speedcontrol button. The higher the fan speed is,the more air is delivered. Pressing the "OFF"button turns off the fan.

B980B01O

B980D01Y-AAT

Heating and Cooling System OffPress the "OFF" button to stop the operationof the heating and cooling system.

Page 71: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 63

B980F01E-AAT

Defrost Switch

B980F01O

When the "Defrost" button is pressed, the"Fresh" mode will be automatically selectedand the air will be discharged through thewindshield defrost vents. To assist in defrost-ing, the air conditioning will operate if ambienttemperature is higher than 38.3°F(3.5°C) andautomatically turns off if the ambient tempera-ture drops below 38.3°F(3.5°C).

B980E01E-AAT

Air Flow ControlThis is used to direct the flow of air. Air can bedirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, orwindshield. Four symbols are used to repre-sent Face, Bi-Level, Floor and Floor-Defrostposition.

Face-LevelWhen selecting the "Face" mode, the indica-tor light will come on, causing air to be dis-charged through the face level vents.

Bi-LevelWhen selecting the "Bi-Level" mode, the indi-cator light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the face vents and thefloor vents. This makes it possible to havecooler air from the dashboard vents andwarmer air from the floor outlets at the sametime.

Floor-LevelWhen selecting the "Floor-Level" mode, theindicator light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the floor vents.

Floor-Defrost LevelWhen selecting the "Floor-Defrost" mode, theindicator light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the windshield defrostvents and the floor vents.

B740D01Y-AAT

Operation Tipso If the interior of the car is hot when you first

get in, open the windows for a few minutesto expel the hot air.

o When you are using the air conditioningsystem, keep all windows closed to keephot air out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavy traffic,shift to a lower gear. This increases enginespeed, which in turn increases the speedof the air conditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air conditioningoff to avoid the possibility of the engineoverheating.

o During winter months or in periods whenthe air conditioning is not used regularly,run the air conditioning once every monthfor a few minutes. This will help circulatethe lubricants and keep your system inpeak operating condition.

Page 72: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 64

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high fre-quency and do not bend to follow the earth'ssurface. Because of this, FM broadcasts gen-erally begin to fade at short distances from thestation. Also, FM signals are easily affectedby buildings, mountains, or other obstruc-tions. These can result in certain listeningconditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The followingconditions are normal and do not indicateradio trouble:

Unobstructedarea

Buildings

Obstructed areaIron bridges

SSAR012A

Mountains

FM radio station

SSAR011A

AM receptionIonosphere

AM broadcasts can be received at greaterdistances than FM broadcasts. This is be-cause AM radio waves are transmitted at lowfrequency. These long, low frequency radiowaves can follow the curvature of the earthrather than travelling straight out into theatmosphere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bettersignal coverage.

B750A02A-AAT

STEREO SOUND SYSTEMHow Car Audio Works

FM reception

AM and FM radio signals are broadcast fromtransmitter towers located around your city.They are intercepted by the radio antenna onyour car. This signal is then received by theradio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reached yourvehicle, the precise engineering of your audiosystem ensures high quality reproduction.However, in some cases the signal coming toyour vehicle is not strong and clear. This canbe due to factors such as the distance fromthe radio station, closeness of other strongradio stations or the presence of buildings,bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

SSAR010A

Ionosphere

Page 73: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 65

B750B01Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradioWhen a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not mean thatsomething is wrong with the audio equipment.In such a case, use the cellular phone at aplace as far as possible from the audio equip-ment.

CAUTION:When using a communication system sucha cellular phone or a radio set inside thevehicle, a separate external antenna mustbe fitted. When a cellular phone or a radioset is used with an internal antenna alone,it may interfere with the vehicle's electricalsystem and adversely affect safe operationof the vehicle.

WARNING:Don't use a cellular phone when you aredriving, you must stop at a safe place touse a cellular phone.

SSAR014A

o Station Swapping - As a FM signal weak-ens, another more powerful signal near thesame frequency may begin to play. This isbecause your radio is designed to lockonto the clearest signal. If this occurs,select another station with a stronger sig-nal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals be-ing received from several directions cancause distortion or fluttering. This can becaused by a direct and reflected signalfrom the same station, or by signals fromtwo stations with close frequencies. If thisoccurs, select another station until the con-dition has passed.

SSAR013A

o Fading - As your car moves away from theradio station, the signal will weaken andsound will begin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select another stron-ger station.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or largeobstructions between the transmitter andyour radio can disturb the signal causingstatic or fluttering noises to occur. Reduc-ing the treble level may lessen this effectuntil the disturbance clears.

Page 74: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 66

H260A01O-AAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H260) (If Installed)

H260A01O

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. FADER Control Knob

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

4. SCAN Button

6. BAND Selector

5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

7. PRESET Button

Page 75: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 67

3. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the leftor right for the desired bass tone.

TREB (Treble Control) KnobPull the bass control knob further out.Turn to the left or right for the desired trebletone.

4. SCAN ButtonWhen the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.

5. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either but-ton and hold down to continuously scroll.Release button once the desired station isreached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button for 0.5 sec ormore. Releasing it will automatically tune tothe next available station with a beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second, releasing will automatically tune tothe next higher frequency and when the ( )side is pressed longer than 0.5 second, re-leasing will automatically tune to the nextlower frequency.

6. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM,FM1 and FM2 bands. The mode selected isdisplayed on LCD.

7. PRESET STATION SELECT ButtonSix (6) stations for AM, FM or FM2 respective-ly can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select buttonand/or one of the six station select buttons,you may recall any of these stations instantly.To program the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band forAM, FM or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button indicatorwill show in the display indicating whichselect button you have depressed. Thefrequency display will flash after it hasbeen stored into the memory.You should then release the button, andproceed to program the next desired sta-tion.

FM/AM

H260B03O-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when theignition key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position.Press the knob to switch the power on. TheLCD shows the radio frequency in the radiomode or the CD track indicator in the CDmode. To switch the power off, press the knobagain.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase thevolume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

BALANCE ControlPull and turn the control knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound (Left speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized. (Right speakersound will be attenuated)

2. FAD (Fader Control) KnobTurn the control knob counterclockwise toemphasize front speaker sound. (Rear speakersound will be attenuated) When the controlknob is turned clockwise, rear speaker soundwill be emphasized. (Front speaker sound willbe attenuated)

Page 76: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 68

A total of 18 stations can be programmedby selecting one AM and two FM stationsper button.

o When completed, any preset station maybe recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2band and the appropriate station button.

Page 77: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 69

H260B01O-AAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H260) (If Installed)

H260A01O

1.Playing CD

2. FF/REW Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

4. SCAN Button

5. REPEAT Button

6. EJECT Button

Page 78: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 70

B260D01O-AAT

1. Playing CDo Insert the CD with the label facing upward.o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

radio operation.o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press

the play button, the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio is being used.

o The CD player can be used when theignition switch is in either the "ON" or"ACC" position.

2. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in theFF ( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently

being played can be selected using thetrack number.

o Press once to skip forward to the beg-inning of the next track. Press onceto skip back to the beginning of the track.

4. SCAN Buttono Press the SCAN button to playback the

first 10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10

sec. for the desired track.

5. REPEAT Buttono To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel , pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation, whenthe track ends, it will automatically bereplayed.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

6. EJECT ButtonWhen the EJECT button is pressed withthe CD loaded, the CD is ejected.

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle’s air conditioning or heating sys-tem.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it witha fuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have tobe set again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjustany parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (includ-ing the speakers) to water or excessivemoisture.

Page 79: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 71

H290A01FC-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H280) (If Installed)

H290A01O

1. POWER ON/OFF VOLUME Control Knob8. BEST STATION MEMORY

or SCAN Button (If installed)

5. PRESET Buttons

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

6. BAND Select Button

7. EQUALIZER Button

3. TREBLE/FAD Konb

2. BASS/BALANCE Control Knob

Page 80: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 72

H290B03E-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when theignition key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position.Press the button to switch the power on. Thedisplay shows the radio frequency in the radiomode, the tape direction indicator in the tapemode or CD track in either the CD mode orCD AUTO CHANGER mode. To switch thepower off, press the button again.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase thevolume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

2. BASS/BALANCE Control KnobBASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out. To increase thebass, rotate the knob clockwise, while todecrease the bass, rotate the knob counter-clockwise.

BALANCE Control knobPull the Bass control knob out further. Rotatethe knob clockwise to emphasize right speakersound. (Left speaker sound will be attenu-ated) When the control knob is turned coun-terclockwise, left speaker sound will be em-phasized (Right speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

3. TREBLE/FAD KnobTREBLE Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the leftor right for the desired treble tone.

FAD (Fader Control) KnobPull the Bass control knob out further. Turnthe control knob counterclockwise to empha-size front speaker sound. (Rear speaker soundwill be attenuated) When the control knob isturned clockwise, rear speaker sound will beemphasized. (Front speaker sound will beattenuated)

4. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either but-ton and hold down to continuously scroll,Release button once the desired station isreached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button for 0.5 sec ormore. Releasing it will automatically tune tothe next available station with a beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second, releasing will automatically tune tothe next higher frequency and when the ( )side is pressed longer than 0.5 second, re-leasing will automatically tune to the nextlower frequency.

5. PRESET STATION Select ButtonsSix (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select buttonand/or one of the six station select buttons,you may recall any of these stations instantly.To program the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band forAM, FM or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button indicatorwill show in the display indicating whichselect button you have depressed. Thefrequency display will flash after it hasbeen stored into the memory with a beepsound. You should then release the but-ton, and proceed to program the next de-sired station. A total of 18 stations can beprogrammed by selecting one AM and twoFM station per button.

o When completed, any preset station maybe recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2band and the appropriate station button.

Page 81: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 73

6. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM,FM1 and FM2 bands. The mode selected isshown on the display.

7. EQUALIZER ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for thedesired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

8. Best Station Memory Button (BSM)(If installed)

When the BSM button is pressed for twoseconds or longer, the six channels from thehighest field intensity are selected next andstored in memory. The stations selected arestored in the sequence frequency from thefirst preset key.

SCAN Button (If installed)When the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

FM/AM

Page 82: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 74

H290C01FC-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H280) (If Installed)

H290A01O

5. EQUALIZER Button

4. TAPE EJECT Button

2. AUTO MUSIC Select Button

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

6. DOLBY Button1. FF/REW Button

Page 83: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 75

H290D01O-GAT

1. FF/REW Buttono Fast forward tape winding starts when the

FF ( ) button is pressed during the PLAYor REW mode.

o Tape play starts when the FF ( ) buttonis pressed again during the FF mode.

o Tape rewinding starts when the REW( ) button is pressed during the PLAYor FF mode.

o Tape play starts when the REW ( ) buttonpressed again during the REW mode.

2. AUTO MUSIC Select ButtonPress the button to find the starting point ofeach song in a prerecorded music tape. Thequiet space between songs (must have atleast a 4 sec. gap) can be accepted by theAUTO MUSIC Select button.

o Pressing the button will play the beginn-ing of the next music segment.

o Pressing the button will start replay atthe beginning of the music just listened to.

3. TAPE PROGRAM ButtonThis allows you to play the reverse side of thetape by merely depressing the program but-ton. An arrow will appear in the display toshow tape direction.

4. TAPE EJECT buttono When the button is pressed with the

cassette loaded, the cassette is ejected.o When the button is pressed during the

FF/REW mode, the cassette is ejected.

5. EQ ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for thedesired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

6. DOLBY ButtonIf you get background noise during tape PLAY,you can reduce this considerably by merelypressing the DOLBY button. If you want tocancel the DOLBY feature, press the buttonagain.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

Page 84: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 76

H290E01FC-GAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H280) (If Installed)

H290A01O

5. EQUALIZER Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

1. CD Select Button

4. REPEAT2. FF/REW Button

6. CD EJELT Button

7. SCAN Button (If installed)

Page 85: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 77

H290F01O-GAT

1. CD Select Buttono Insert the CD with the label facing upward.o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

radio operation or cassette tape playing.o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press

the play button the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio or cassette playeris being used.

o The CD player can be used when theignition switch is in either the "ON" or"ACC" position.

2. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in theFF ( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently

being played can be selected using thetrack number.

o Press button once to skip forward tothe beginning of the next track. Pressbutton once to skip back to the beginningof the track.

4. REPEATo To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel , pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation whenthe track ends, it will automatically bereplayed.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

5. EQUALIZER ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for thedesired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle’s air conditioning or heating sys-tem.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it witha fuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have tobe set again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjustany parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (includ-ing the speakers and tape) to water orexcessive moisture.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

6. CD EJECT ButtonWhen the button is pressed with the CDloaded, the CD is ejected.

7. SCAN Button (If installed)o Press the SCAN button to playback the

first 10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10

sec. for the desired track.

Page 86: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 78

B890A02O-AAT

AUDIO FAULT CODEIf you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear the error indication,take the car to your Hyundai dealer.

INDICATION CAUSE SOLUTION

Er2

Er3

Er6

Er8

HHH

CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)

FOCUS ERRORDATA READ ERROR

DISC ERROR

TAPE DECK ERRORTAPE EJECT ERROR

TEMPERATURE IS TOO HIGH

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.IF DISC IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.PRESS THE EJECT BUTTON AND PULL OUT THE DISC. THENINSERT A NORMAL CD DISC.

CHECK IF THE DISC IS INSERTED CORRECTLY IN THE CD PLAYER.MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.IF TAPE IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

FAULT CODE WILL RESET AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE TEM-PERATURE RETURNS TO NORMAL.

Page 87: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 79

B850A01F-AAT

Care of DISCProper Handling

Do not grip or pull out the disc with your handwhile the disc is being pulled into the unit bythe self loading mechanism.Do not pull the unit from the dash immediatelyafter a disc is inserted or the eject switch hasbeen pressed. If the unit is pulled out beforean operation is completed, the disc will beunstable in the unit and may be damaged.Do not attempt to insert a disc into the unit whenthe unit is out of the dash or the power is off.

B860A01A-AAT

CARE OF CASSETTE TAPES

YL11240B

Handle your disc as shown. Do not drop thedisc. Hold the disc so you will not leavefingerprints on the surface. If the surface isscratched, it may cause the pickup to skipsignal tracks. Do not affix tape, paper, orgummed labels on the disc. Do not write onthe disc.

Damaged DiscDo not attempt to play damaged, warped orcracked discs. These could severely damagethe playback mechanism.

StorageWhen not in use, place your discs in theirindividual case and store them in a cool placeaway from the sun, heat, and dust.

YL11250B

Keep Your Discs CleanFingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface of adisc could cause the pickup to skip signaltracks. Wipe the surface clean with a cleansoft cloth. If the surface is heavily soiled,dampen a clean soft cloth in a solution of mildneutral detergent to wipe it clean. See draw-ing.

SSAR040B

Proper care of your cassette tapes will extendthe tape life and increase your listening enjoy-ment. Always protect your tapes and cassettecases from direct sunlight, severely cold anddusty conditions. When not in use, cassettesshould always be stored in the original protec-tive cassette case. When the vehicle is veryhot or cold, allow the interior temperature tobecome more comfortable before listening toyour cassettes.

o Never leave a cassette inserted in theplayer when not being played. This coulddamage the tape player unit and the cas-sette tape.

o We strongly recommend against the use oftapes longer than C-60 (60 minutes total).Tapes such as C-120 or C-180 are verythin and do not perform as well in theautomotive environment.

Page 88: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 80

B860A01O

o Be sure that the cassette label is not looseor peeling off or tape ejection may bedifficult.

o Never touch or soil the actual audio tapesurfaces.

o Keep all magnetized objects, such as elec-tric motors, speakers or transformers awayfrom your cassette tapes and tape playerunit.

o Store cassettes in a cool, dry place withthe open side facing down to prevent dustfrom settling in the cassette body.

o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage to re-play one given tune or tape section. Thiscan cause poor tape winding to occur, andeventually cause excessive internal dragand poor audio quality in the cassette. Ifthis occurs, it can sometimes be correctedby fast winding the tape from end to endseveral times.

SSAR042B

Head

Cotton applicator

If this does not correct the problem, do notcontinue to use the tape in your vehicle.

o The playback head, capstan and pinchrollers will develop a coating of tape resi-due that can result in deterioration of soundquality, such as a wavering sound. Theyshould be cleaned monthly using a com-mercially available head cleaning tape orspecial solution available from audio spe-cialty shops. Follow the supplier’s direc-tions carefully and never oil any part of thetape player unit.

o Always be sure that the tape is tightlywound on its reel before inserting in theplayer. Rotate a pencil in the drive sprock-ets to wind up any slack.

SSAR053B

NOTE:Look at a tape before you insert it. If thetape is loose, tighten it by turning one ofthe hubs with a pencil or your finger. If thelabel is peeling off, do not put it in the drivemechanism.Do not leave tapes sitting where they areexposed to hot, warm, or high humidity,such as on top of the dashboard or in theplayer. If a tape is exposed to extreme heator cold, let it reach a moderate temperaturebefore putting it in the player.

Page 89: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 81

B870C01A-GAT

Manual Antenna

Your car uses a manual stainless steel antennato receive both AM and FM broadcast signals.Pull up the antenna using your fingers, asshown in the drawing.

CAUTION:Before entering an automatic car wash or aplace with a low height clearance such asa residential or commercial garage, be surethat the antenna is fully retracted.

B870C01O

B880C02B-GAT

Glass Antenna (If installed)

When the radio power switch is turned onwhile the ignition key is in either the "ON" or"ACC" position, your car will receive both AMand FM broadcast signals through the an-tenna in the rear quarter glass.

CAUTION:o Do not clean the inner side of the rear

quarter glass with an abrasive type ofglass cleaner or use a scraper to re-move foreign deposits from the innersurface of the glass as this may causedamage to the antenna elements.

o Avoid adding metalic coating such asNi, Cd, and so on. These can disturbreceiving AM and FM broadcast sig-nals.

B880C01O

Page 90: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

OWNER'S I.D.

ORIGINAL OWNER

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail purchaser)

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

A000A01A-AAT

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for theuse of the next owner.

Page 91: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 1

2.2.2.2.2. DRIVING DRIVING DRIVING DRIVING DRIVING YYYYYOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDAIAIAIAIAIC010A01O-AAT

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open thewindows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death byasphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:

1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshieldare kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

22222

Page 92: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 2

C020A01A-AAT

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBefore you start the engine, you should always:

1. Look around the vehicle to be sure there areno flat tires, puddles of oil, water or otherindications of possible trouble.

2. After entering the car, check to be sure theparking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lights are clean.4. Check that the interior and exterior mirrors

are clean and in position.5. Check your seat, seatback and headrest to

be sure they are in their proper positions.6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all

other occupants have fastened theirs.8. Turn off all lights and accessories that are

not needed.9. When you turn the ignition switch to "ON",

check that all appropriate warning lights areoperating and that you have sufficient fuel.

10.Check the operation of warning lights and allbulbs when key is in the "ON" position.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo The 2WD Santa Fe is not designed forThe 2WD Santa Fe is not designed forThe 2WD Santa Fe is not designed forThe 2WD Santa Fe is not designed forThe 2WD Santa Fe is not designed for

off-road use. The 4WD Santa Fe is de-off-road use. The 4WD Santa Fe is de-off-road use. The 4WD Santa Fe is de-off-road use. The 4WD Santa Fe is de-off-road use. The 4WD Santa Fe is de-signed primarily for use on paved roads.signed primarily for use on paved roads.signed primarily for use on paved roads.signed primarily for use on paved roads.signed primarily for use on paved roads.However, occasional use in off-highwayHowever, occasional use in off-highwayHowever, occasional use in off-highwayHowever, occasional use in off-highwayHowever, occasional use in off-highwayconditions such as established unpavedconditions such as established unpavedconditions such as established unpavedconditions such as established unpavedconditions such as established unpavedroads and non-challenging off-road trailsroads and non-challenging off-road trailsroads and non-challenging off-road trailsroads and non-challenging off-road trailsroads and non-challenging off-road trailsis allowed. The 4WD Santa Fe is notis allowed. The 4WD Santa Fe is notis allowed. The 4WD Santa Fe is notis allowed. The 4WD Santa Fe is notis allowed. The 4WD Santa Fe is notdesigned for blazing new trails, challeng-designed for blazing new trails, challeng-designed for blazing new trails, challeng-designed for blazing new trails, challeng-designed for blazing new trails, challeng-ing off-road conditions, or unpaved hilling off-road conditions, or unpaved hilling off-road conditions, or unpaved hilling off-road conditions, or unpaved hilling off-road conditions, or unpaved hillclimbing. Exceeding the conditions thatclimbing. Exceeding the conditions thatclimbing. Exceeding the conditions thatclimbing. Exceeding the conditions thatclimbing. Exceeding the conditions thatwere intended for the vehicle's primarywere intended for the vehicle's primarywere intended for the vehicle's primarywere intended for the vehicle's primarywere intended for the vehicle's primarydesign may result in injury or death.design may result in injury or death.design may result in injury or death.design may result in injury or death.design may result in injury or death.

ooooo Utility vehicle has a significantly higherUtility vehicle has a significantly higherUtility vehicle has a significantly higherUtility vehicle has a significantly higherUtility vehicle has a significantly highercollision rate than other type of vehicles.collision rate than other type of vehicles.collision rate than other type of vehicles.collision rate than other type of vehicles.collision rate than other type of vehicles.

ooooo Utility vehicle have higher ground clear-Utility vehicle have higher ground clear-Utility vehicle have higher ground clear-Utility vehicle have higher ground clear-Utility vehicle have higher ground clear-ance and a narrower track to make themance and a narrower track to make themance and a narrower track to make themance and a narrower track to make themance and a narrower track to make themcapable of performing in a wide variety ofcapable of performing in a wide variety ofcapable of performing in a wide variety ofcapable of performing in a wide variety ofcapable of performing in a wide variety ofoff-road applications. Specific designoff-road applications. Specific designoff-road applications. Specific designoff-road applications. Specific designoff-road applications. Specific designcharacteristics give them a higher centercharacteristics give them a higher centercharacteristics give them a higher centercharacteristics give them a higher centercharacteristics give them a higher centerof gravitiy than ordinary cars. An advan-of gravitiy than ordinary cars. An advan-of gravitiy than ordinary cars. An advan-of gravitiy than ordinary cars. An advan-of gravitiy than ordinary cars. An advan-tage of the higher ground clearance is atage of the higher ground clearance is atage of the higher ground clearance is atage of the higher ground clearance is atage of the higher ground clearance is abetter view of the road allowing you tobetter view of the road allowing you tobetter view of the road allowing you tobetter view of the road allowing you tobetter view of the road allowing you toanticipate problem. They are not designedanticipate problem. They are not designedanticipate problem. They are not designedanticipate problem. They are not designedanticipate problem. They are not designedfor cornering at the same speeds as con-for cornering at the same speeds as con-for cornering at the same speeds as con-for cornering at the same speeds as con-for cornering at the same speeds as con-ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any moreventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any moreventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any moreventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any moreventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any morethan low-slung sports cars are designedthan low-slung sports cars are designedthan low-slung sports cars are designedthan low-slung sports cars are designedthan low-slung sports cars are designedto perform satisfactorily under off-roadto perform satisfactorily under off-roadto perform satisfactorily under off-roadto perform satisfactorily under off-roadto perform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpturns or abrupt maneuvers. As with otherturns or abrupt maneuvers. As with otherturns or abrupt maneuvers. As with otherturns or abrupt maneuvers. As with otherturns or abrupt maneuvers. As with othervehicles of this type, failure to operatevehicles of this type, failure to operatevehicles of this type, failure to operatevehicles of this type, failure to operatevehicles of this type, failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may result in lossthis vehicle correctly may result in lossthis vehicle correctly may result in lossthis vehicle correctly may result in lossthis vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover.of control or vehicle rollover.of control or vehicle rollover.of control or vehicle rollover.of control or vehicle rollover.

C030A01E-AAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the Engineo If your Hyundai is equipped with a manual

transaxle, place the shift lever in neutral anddepress the clutch pedal fully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle,place the shift lever in "P" (park).

o To start the engine, insert the ignition keyand turn it to the "START" position. Releaseit as soon as the engine starts. Do not holdthe key in the "START" position for morethat 15 seconds.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if the

clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-ual Transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual Transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual Transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual Transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual Transaxle) or the shift lever is not in"P" or "N" Position (Automatic Trans-"P" or "N" Position (Automatic Trans-"P" or "N" Position (Automatic Trans-"P" or "N" Position (Automatic Trans-"P" or "N" Position (Automatic Trans-axle).axle).axle).axle).axle).

ooooo The ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned from"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)position or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalis disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-move the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that theshift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"(Park) (For Automatic Transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic Transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic Transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic Transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic Transaxle)

ooooo For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.

ooooo In a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

Page 93: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 3

C040A01Y-AAT

KEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONS

YR20010A

LOCK

ACCON

START

CAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTION:::::The engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or thekey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderwhile the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.

ooooo "ON""ON""ON""ON""ON"When the key is in the "ON" position, theignition is on and all accessories may be turnedon. If the engine is not running, the key shouldnot be left in the "ON" position. This will dis-charge the battery and may also damage theignition system.

ooooo "ACC""ACC""ACC""ACC""ACC"With the key in the "ACC" position, radio andother accessories may be operated. If you openthe driver's door with the key in the "ACC" or"LOCK" position, the chime will sound to remindyou that the key should be removed.

ooooo "LOCK""LOCK""LOCK""LOCK""LOCK"The key can be removed or inserted in thisposition. Steering is locked by removing thekey. When unlocking the steering, insert thekey, and then turn the steering wheel and keysimultaneously.

C070C01A-AAT

To remove the ignition keyTo remove the ignition keyTo remove the ignition keyTo remove the ignition keyTo remove the ignition key

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.2. Simultaneously push and turn the ignition key

counterclockwise from the "ACC" position tothe "LOCK" position.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"position.

YR20070A

C050A01A-AAT

STARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTING

YR20020A

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed tomove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Thecarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlessand can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.

C050B01A-AAT

Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and place the

gearshift lever (manual transaxle) in neutralor the selector lever (automatic transaxle) in"P" (park) position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the "ON"position, make certain all warning lights andgauges are functioning properly before start-ing the engine.

Page 94: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 4

release the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalback down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1 ststststst or or or or orR(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.

ooooo Do not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestduring driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthgear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-vertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways insuch a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.Such a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblycause engine damage.cause engine damage.cause engine damage.cause engine damage.cause engine damage.

C070B01A-AAT

Using the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchThe clutch should be pressed all the way to thefloor before shifting, then released slowly. Theclutch pedal should always be used after fullyreturning to the original position. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driving. Thiscan cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to hold thecar on an incline. This causes unnecessarywear. Use the parking brake to hold the car onan incline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedwhen starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willnot start unless the not start unless the not start unless the not start unless the not start unless the clutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullydepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippedvehicle that vehicle that vehicle that vehicle that vehicle that can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-ing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someoneinside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as a result ofa result ofa result ofa result ofa result ofthe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thevehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur if the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notdepressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" positionand release it when the engine starts.After the engine has started, allow the en-gine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior toplacing the vehicle in gear.The starter should not be operated for morethan 15 seconds at a time. Wait 15-30 sec-onds between starting attempts to protectthe starter from overheating.

C070A01A-AAT

OPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLE

C070A01O

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has a con-ventional shift pattern. This shift pattern is im-printed on the shift knob. The transaxle is fullysynchronized in all forward gears so shifting toeither a higher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo To shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever in

neutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourcar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movethe lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.

ooooo During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-ficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.

ooooo If you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'shard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1 ststststst or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), putthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position and

Page 95: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 5

C070D02A-AAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never take the car out of gear and coast

down a hill. This is extremely hazardous.Always leave the car in gear.

o Don’t "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. Instead,when you are driving down a long hill, slowdown and shift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.This will help avoid over-revving the engine,which can cause damage.

o Slow down when you encounter cross winds.This gives you much better control of yourcar.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-fore you attempt to shift into reverse. Thetransaxle can be damaged if you do not. Toshift into reverse, depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, wait three seconds,then shift to the reverse position.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehi-cle speed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go out ofcontrol.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.ooooo Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-

ments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orfast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.

ooooo Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.

ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.

ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.

ooooo In a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

C090A01O

The shift points as shown on the chart arerecommended for optimum fuel economy andperformance.

C070E02A-AAT

Recommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift Points

Shift

from-to

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

C090A01O-GAT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxlehas four forward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selected automati-cally, depending on the position of the speedselector lever. The selector lever has 2 gates;the main gate and the manual gate.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".

In the main gate, the selector lever has 4positions, and is equipped with a button to avoidinadvertent wrong selection.

Recommended

mph (km/h)

15 (20)

25 (40)

35 (55)

45 (75)

Page 96: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 6

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring the car toa complete stop before shifting the selectorlever to "R" position.

C090D02O-AAT

o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):In the "N" position, the transaxle is in neutral,which means that no gears are engaged. Theengine can be started with the shift lever in "N"position, although this is not recommendedexcept if the engine stalls while the car ismoving.

C090F01O-GAT

Sports ModeSports ModeSports ModeSports ModeSports Mode

C090F01O

Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion,sports mode is selected by pushing the selectorlever from the "D" position into the manual gate.To return to "D" range operation, push theselector lever back into the main gate.In sports mode, moving the selector lever back-wards and forwards can make rapid gearshiftssimple. In contrast to a manual transaxle, thesports mode allows gearshifts with the accel-erator pedal depressed.UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift upone gear.DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-) : Pull the lever backwards once toshift down one gear.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Depress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push thebutton when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.

The first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if thebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may besomewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-tion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjustafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theT.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whilethe vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.

C090B01A-AAT

The function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asfollows:follows:follows:follows:follows:

o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):Use to hold the vehicle in place when parked orwhile starting the engine; shift the selector leverto the "P" (Park) position. Whenever parkingthe car, apply the parking brake and shift theselector lever to the "P" (Park) position.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fullystopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willcause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.

C090A02L

C090E01O-AAT

ooooo D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):Use for normal driving. The transaxle will auto-matically shift through a four gear sequence.

The indicator lights in the instrument clusterindicate the selector lever position when theignition is switched "ON". During "D" rangeoperation, green lights indicate the gear cur-rently in use.

Page 97: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 7

SKIPSKIPSKIPSKIPSKIP : By rapidly moving the selector forwardor backward twice, it is possible to skip onegear, i.e. 1st to 3rd or 3rd to 1st .

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo In sports mode, The driver must executeIn sports mode, The driver must executeIn sports mode, The driver must executeIn sports mode, The driver must executeIn sports mode, The driver must execute

upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-vailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tokeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redzone.zone.zone.zone.zone.

ooooo For engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts aremade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmreaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.

ooooo By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-wards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincesudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-fully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sspeed.speed.speed.speed.speed.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo In sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forward

gears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkthe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.

ooooo In sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts aremade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehicleslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stgear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.

ooooo To maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system maynot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when theselector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.

C090H01Y-AAT

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depress

the brake pedal the brake pedal the brake pedal the brake pedal the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-when shifting from "Neu-when shifting from "Neu-when shifting from "Neu-when shifting from "Neu-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-ward or reverse ward or reverse ward or reverse ward or reverse ward or reverse gear.gear.gear.gear.gear.

ooooo The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"position and the brake pedal position and the brake pedal position and the brake pedal position and the brake pedal position and the brake pedal fully de-fully de-fully de-fully de-fully de-pressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverfrom the "P" (Park) position from the "P" (Park) position from the "P" (Park) position from the "P" (Park) position from the "P" (Park) position to any of theto any of theto any of theto any of theto any of theother positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.

ooooo It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R","N", "D", "2", "3", "N", "D", "2", "3", "N", "D", "2", "3", "N", "D", "2", "3", "N", "D", "2", "3", L" position to "P"L" position to "P"L" position to "P"L" position to "P"L" position to "P"position. The vehicle must be fullyposition. The vehicle must be fullyposition. The vehicle must be fullyposition. The vehicle must be fullyposition. The vehicle must be fullystopped to avoid transaxle damage.stopped to avoid transaxle damage.stopped to avoid transaxle damage.stopped to avoid transaxle damage.stopped to avoid transaxle damage.

C090I01Y-AAT

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Shift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only when

the the the the the vehicle has completely stopped.vehicle has completely stopped.vehicle has completely stopped.vehicle has completely stopped.vehicle has completely stopped.ooooo Do not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverse

or any of the forward or any of the forward or any of the forward or any of the forward or any of the forward positions with thepositions with thepositions with thepositions with thepositions with thebrakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.

ooooo Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-ing from "P" or "N", to "R", ing from "P" or "N", to "R", ing from "P" or "N", to "R", ing from "P" or "N", to "R", ing from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2", "3""D", "2", "3""D", "2", "3""D", "2", "3""D", "2", "3"or "L" position.or "L" position.or "L" position.or "L" position.or "L" position.

ooooo Do not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position inplace of the parking brake. place of the parking brake. place of the parking brake. place of the parking brake. place of the parking brake. Always setAlways setAlways setAlways setAlways setthe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle into"P" (Park) position "P" (Park) position "P" (Park) position "P" (Park) position "P" (Park) position and turn off the igni-and turn off the igni-and turn off the igni-and turn off the igni-and turn off the igni-tion when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evenmomentarily. Never momentarily. Never momentarily. Never momentarily. Never momentarily. Never leave the vehicleleave the vehicleleave the vehicleleave the vehicleleave the vehicleunattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.

ooooo Check the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelregularly, and add fluid regularly, and add fluid regularly, and add fluid regularly, and add fluid regularly, and add fluid as necessary.as necessary.as necessary.as necessary.as necessary.See the maintenance for the proper fluidSee the maintenance for the proper fluidSee the maintenance for the proper fluidSee the maintenance for the proper fluidSee the maintenance for the proper fluidrecommendation.recommendation.recommendation.recommendation.recommendation.

C090N01Y-AAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never move the gear selector lever from "P"

or "N" to any other position with the acceler-ator pedal depressed.

o Never move the gear selector lever into "P"when the vehicle is in motion.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-fore you attempt to shift into "R".

ooooo Before driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thiscauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndgear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivingaway on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-tor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shiftback to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.

Page 98: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 8

C120A02A-AAT

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is designedto prevent wheel lock-up during sudden brakingor on hazardous road surfaces. The ABS con-trol module monitors the wheel speed and con-trols the pressure applied to each brake. Thus,in emergency situations or on slick roads, ABSwill increase vehicle control during braking.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:During ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationmay be felt in the brake may be felt in the brake may be felt in the brake may be felt in the brake may be felt in the brake pedal when thepedal when thepedal when thepedal when thepedal when thebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may beheard in the engine heard in the engine heard in the engine heard in the engine heard in the engine compartment while brak-compartment while brak-compartment while brak-compartment while brak-compartment while brak-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-cate that the cate that the cate that the cate that the cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-anti-lock brake system is func-anti-lock brake system is func-anti-lock brake system is func-anti-lock brake system is func-tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.

C300A02O-AAT

BRAKE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEMBRAKE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEMBRAKE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEMBRAKE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEMBRAKE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM(BTCS) (If installed)(BTCS) (If installed)(BTCS) (If installed)(BTCS) (If installed)(BTCS) (If installed)On slippery road surfaces, the traction controlsystem (TCS) limits the drive wheels from spin-ning excessively, thus helping the car to accel-erate. It also provides sufficient driving forceand steering performance as the car turns ataccelerated speeds.

ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.

ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.

ooooo In a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-proper or dangerous proper or dangerous proper or dangerous proper or dangerous proper or dangerous driving maneuvers.driving maneuvers.driving maneuvers.driving maneuvers.driving maneuvers.Even though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedduring emergency during emergency during emergency during emergency during emergency braking, always maintainbraking, always maintainbraking, always maintainbraking, always maintainbraking, always maintaina safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsahead. Vehicle ahead. Vehicle ahead. Vehicle ahead. Vehicle ahead. Vehicle speeds should always bespeeds should always bespeeds should always bespeeds should always bespeeds should always bereduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.The braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withan anti-lock braking system an anti-lock braking system an anti-lock braking system an anti-lock braking system an anti-lock braking system may be longermay be longermay be longermay be longermay be longerthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingroad conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.

ooooo Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.

ooooo Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.ooooo Driving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different is pitted or has different is pitted or has different is pitted or has different is pitted or has different surface height.surface height.surface height.surface height.surface height.

During these conditions the vehicleDuring these conditions the vehicleDuring these conditions the vehicleDuring these conditions the vehicleDuring these conditions the vehicle should should should should shouldbe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetyfeatures features features features features of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldof an ABS equipped vehicle shouldof an ABS equipped vehicle shouldof an ABS equipped vehicle shouldof an ABS equipped vehicle shouldnot be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-nering. nering. nering. nering. nering. This could endanger the safety ofThis could endanger the safety ofThis could endanger the safety ofThis could endanger the safety ofThis could endanger the safety ofyourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.

o Never take the car out of gear and coastdown a hill. This may be extremely hazard-ous. Always leave the car in gear whenmoving.

o Do not "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. Instead,when you are driving down a long hill, slowdown and shift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not be en-gaged.

o Always use the parking brake. Do not de-pend on placing the transaxle in "P" to keepthe car from moving.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehi-cle speed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go out ofcontrol.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.ooooo Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-

ments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orfast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.

ooooo Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.

Page 99: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 9

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP func-When the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP func-When the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP func-When the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP func-When the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP func-tion has been activated. It also means thattion has been activated. It also means thattion has been activated. It also means thattion has been activated. It also means thattion has been activated. It also means thatthe road is slippery or your car is accelerat-the road is slippery or your car is accelerat-the road is slippery or your car is accelerat-the road is slippery or your car is accelerat-the road is slippery or your car is accelerat-ing excessively. In this situation, releaseing excessively. In this situation, releaseing excessively. In this situation, releaseing excessively. In this situation, releaseing excessively. In this situation, releasefoot pressure from the accelerator pedalfoot pressure from the accelerator pedalfoot pressure from the accelerator pedalfoot pressure from the accelerator pedalfoot pressure from the accelerator pedaland maintain moderate speed.and maintain moderate speed.and maintain moderate speed.and maintain moderate speed.and maintain moderate speed.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Traction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesshould be observed.should be observed.should be observed.should be observed.should be observed.

C300B02Y-GAT

TCS ON ModeTCS ON ModeTCS ON ModeTCS ON ModeTCS ON ModeIn the TCS ON mode, the indicator in theinstrument cluster will not be illuminated.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1)1)1)1)1) Turn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart the

engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-cally turn ON.cally turn ON.cally turn ON.cally turn ON.cally turn ON.

SLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlLimits the drive wheels from spinning exces-sively during starting or while making accelerat-ed turns on slippery roads to avoid losing thedriving force of the driven wheels.

Driving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsTCS does not actively apply brakes. Be sure todecelerate the car sufficiently before enteringcurves.

2)2)2)2)2) When the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofbrake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-usual.usual.usual.usual.usual.

3)3)3)3)3) When the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardfrom the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,this is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlbeing checked.being checked.being checked.being checked.being checked.

4)4)4)4)4) When moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshsnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maynot cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.

C300D02O-AAT

Indicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningThe indicator should illuminate when the igni-tion key is turned to ON or START but shouldgo out after three seconds.If the indicator does not illuminate, have itchecked by an authorized dealer.

Should there be any unusual conditions in thedevice, TCS illuminates as a warning.If TCS illuminates, pull your car to a safe placeand stop the engine.Then, start the engine again to check if the TCSindicator goes out.

If the indicator remains lit even after the enginehas been started, have your car checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control isautomatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.

C350A01O-AAT

Full-time 4WD Operation (If installed)Full-time 4WD Operation (If installed)Full-time 4WD Operation (If installed)Full-time 4WD Operation (If installed)Full-time 4WD Operation (If installed)Engine power can be delivered to all front andrear wheels for maximum power. Full-time 4WDis useful when good traction is required, suchas, when driving on slippery, wet or snow-covered roads and when moving out of mud.These vehicles, however, are not designed forchallenging off-road use. Full-time 4WD ve-hicles are designed primarily to improve trac-tion and performance on paved roads and high-ways in wet and/or slippery conditions. Occa-sional off-road use such as established un-paved roads and trails is OK. It is alwaysimportant when traveling off-highway that thedriver carefully reduce their speed to a levelthat does not exceed the safe operating speedfor those conditions. In general, off-road condi-tions provide less traction and braking effec-tiveness than on road conditions. These factorsmust be carefully considered when driving off-road. Keeping the vehicle in contact with thedriving surface and under control in these con-ditions is always the driver's responsibility forthe safety of him/herself and his or her passen-gers.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:This vehicle is designed primarily for onThis vehicle is designed primarily for onThis vehicle is designed primarily for onThis vehicle is designed primarily for onThis vehicle is designed primarily for onroad use. Driving the vehicle in challengingroad use. Driving the vehicle in challengingroad use. Driving the vehicle in challengingroad use. Driving the vehicle in challengingroad use. Driving the vehicle in challengingoff-road conditions for which it was notoff-road conditions for which it was notoff-road conditions for which it was notoff-road conditions for which it was notoff-road conditions for which it was notdesigned may result in damage to the ve-designed may result in damage to the ve-designed may result in damage to the ve-designed may result in damage to the ve-designed may result in damage to the ve-hicle. Driving in conditions that exceed thehicle. Driving in conditions that exceed thehicle. Driving in conditions that exceed thehicle. Driving in conditions that exceed thehicle. Driving in conditions that exceed thevehicle's intended design or the driver'svehicle's intended design or the driver'svehicle's intended design or the driver'svehicle's intended design or the driver'svehicle's intended design or the driver's

Page 100: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 10

o When replacement of any of the tires ordisc wheels is necessary, replace all ofthem.

o Rotate the tires and check the tire pres-sure at regular intervals.

(8) The full-time 4WD vehicle cannot beThe full-time 4WD vehicle cannot beThe full-time 4WD vehicle cannot beThe full-time 4WD vehicle cannot beThe full-time 4WD vehicle cannot betowed by an ordinary tow truck. Maketowed by an ordinary tow truck. Maketowed by an ordinary tow truck. Maketowed by an ordinary tow truck. Maketowed by an ordinary tow truck. Makesure that the vehicle is towed with itssure that the vehicle is towed with itssure that the vehicle is towed with itssure that the vehicle is towed with itssure that the vehicle is towed with itsfour wheels raised off the ground.four wheels raised off the ground.four wheels raised off the ground.four wheels raised off the ground.four wheels raised off the ground.ooooo Roadside Assistance Program:Roadside Assistance Program:Roadside Assistance Program:Roadside Assistance Program:Roadside Assistance Program:

Off-roading is not covered. To receiveOff-roading is not covered. To receiveOff-roading is not covered. To receiveOff-roading is not covered. To receiveOff-roading is not covered. To receiveservice, the vehicle must be on a pub-service, the vehicle must be on a pub-service, the vehicle must be on a pub-service, the vehicle must be on a pub-service, the vehicle must be on a pub-licly maintained road.licly maintained road.licly maintained road.licly maintained road.licly maintained road.

(9) When using tire chains, always attach themto the front wheels.

(10) If the front or rear wheels get stuck in themud, do not spin them recklessly. The4WD system could be damaged.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo While the full-time 4WD vehicle is beingWhile the full-time 4WD vehicle is beingWhile the full-time 4WD vehicle is beingWhile the full-time 4WD vehicle is beingWhile the full-time 4WD vehicle is being

raised on a jack, never start the engine orraised on a jack, never start the engine orraised on a jack, never start the engine orraised on a jack, never start the engine orraised on a jack, never start the engine orcause the tires to rotate.cause the tires to rotate.cause the tires to rotate.cause the tires to rotate.cause the tires to rotate.There is the danger that rotating tiresThere is the danger that rotating tiresThere is the danger that rotating tiresThere is the danger that rotating tiresThere is the danger that rotating tirestouching the ground could cause thetouching the ground could cause thetouching the ground could cause thetouching the ground could cause thetouching the ground could cause thevehicle to go off the jack and to jumpvehicle to go off the jack and to jumpvehicle to go off the jack and to jumpvehicle to go off the jack and to jumpvehicle to go off the jack and to jumpforward.forward.forward.forward.forward.

ooooo If one of the front or rear wheels beginsIf one of the front or rear wheels beginsIf one of the front or rear wheels beginsIf one of the front or rear wheels beginsIf one of the front or rear wheels beginsto spin in mud, snow, etc., the vehicleto spin in mud, snow, etc., the vehicleto spin in mud, snow, etc., the vehicleto spin in mud, snow, etc., the vehicleto spin in mud, snow, etc., the vehiclecan sometimes be driven out by depress-can sometimes be driven out by depress-can sometimes be driven out by depress-can sometimes be driven out by depress-can sometimes be driven out by depress-ing the accelerator pedal further; how-ing the accelerator pedal further; how-ing the accelerator pedal further; how-ing the accelerator pedal further; how-ing the accelerator pedal further; how-ever, avoid running the engine continu-ever, avoid running the engine continu-ever, avoid running the engine continu-ever, avoid running the engine continu-ever, avoid running the engine continu-ously at high rpm because doing so couldously at high rpm because doing so couldously at high rpm because doing so couldously at high rpm because doing so couldously at high rpm because doing so coulddamage the 4WD system.damage the 4WD system.damage the 4WD system.damage the 4WD system.damage the 4WD system.

D190A01O-GAT

LIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIALLIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIALLIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIALLIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIALLIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIAL(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)A limited-slip differential, if equipped, is for therear wheel differential only. The features of thislimited-slip differential are described below:Just as with a conventional differential, thewheel on one side is allowed to turn at adifferent speed from the wheel on the other sidewhen the vehicle is cornering. The differencebetween the limited-slip differential and a con-ventional differential is that if the wheel on oneside of the vehicle loses traction, a greateramount of torque is applied to the rear wheel onthe other side to improve traction.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.ooooo Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-

ments, such as sharp lane charges orments, such as sharp lane charges orments, such as sharp lane charges orments, such as sharp lane charges orments, such as sharp lane charges orfast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.

ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifyou lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.

ooooo In a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to die a per-is significantly more likely to die a per-is significantly more likely to die a per-is significantly more likely to die a per-is significantly more likely to die a per-son weara seatbelt.son weara seatbelt.son weara seatbelt.son weara seatbelt.son weara seatbelt.

ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway and themore wheels drop off the roadway and themore wheels drop off the roadway and themore wheels drop off the roadway and themore wheels drop off the roadway and thedriver oversteers to reenter the roadway.driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.

ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.

experience level may result in severe injuryexperience level may result in severe injuryexperience level may result in severe injuryexperience level may result in severe injuryexperience level may result in severe injuryor death.or death.or death.or death.or death.

Driving 4WD SafelyDriving 4WD SafelyDriving 4WD SafelyDriving 4WD SafelyDriving 4WD Safely(1) Be sure to wear the seat belt.(2) Do not drive in challenging off-road condi-

tions or areas that exceed the vehicle'sbasic design intent or the driver's experi-ence level.

(3) Drive at lower speeds in strong cross-winds. Because of your vehicle’s high cen-ter of gravity, its stability will be affected incrosswinds. Slower speeds ensure bettervehicle control.

(4) Check the brake condition after driving inwet or muddy conditions. Press the brakeseveral times as you move slowly until youfeel normal braking forces return.

(5) Do not drive the vehicle through water.(i.e. streams, rivers, lakes, etc.)

(6) The stopping distance of the full-time 4WDvehicle differs very little from that of the2WD vehicle.When driving on a snow-coverd road or aslippery, muddy surface, make sure thatyou keep a sufficient distance betweenyour vehicle and the one ahead of you.

(7) Since the driving torque is always appliedto the 4 wheels, the performance of thefull-time 4WD vehicle is greatly affected bythe condition of the tires. Be sure to equipit with all four tires of the same size andtype.

Page 101: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 11

C130A01A-AAT

GOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICES

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Nothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of thecargo area cover behind the rear seat. Ifcargo area cover behind the rear seat. Ifcargo area cover behind the rear seat. Ifcargo area cover behind the rear seat. Ifcargo area cover behind the rear seat. Ifthere were an accident or a sudden stop,there were an accident or a sudden stop,there were an accident or a sudden stop,there were an accident or a sudden stop,there were an accident or a sudden stop,such objects could move forward and causesuch objects could move forward and causesuch objects could move forward and causesuch objects could move forward and causesuch objects could move forward and causedamage to the vehicle or injure the occu-damage to the vehicle or injure the occu-damage to the vehicle or injure the occu-damage to the vehicle or injure the occu-damage to the vehicle or injure the occu-pants.pants.pants.pants.pants.

o After being parked, check to be sure theparking brake is not engaged and that theparking brake indicator light is out beforedriving away.

o Driving through water may get the brakeswet. They can also get wet when the car iswashed. Wet brakes can be dangerous!Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakesare wet. Wet brakes may cause the car topull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply thebrakes lightly until the braking action returnsto normal, taking care to keep the car undercontrol at all times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soon as it issafe to do so and call your Hyundai dealerfor assistance.

o Don’t coast down hills with the car out ofgear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep thecar in gear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain a safespeed.

o Don’t "ride" the brake pedal. Resting yourfoot on the brake pedal while driving can be

block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll.Then release the parking brake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade withthe accelerator pedal. This can cause thetransaxle to overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.

dangerous because it can result in the brakesoverheating and losing their effectiveness. Italso increases the wear of the brake compo-nents.

o If a tire goes flat while you are driving, applythe brakes gently and keep the car pointedstraight ahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for it to besafe to do so, pull off the road and stop in asafe place.

o If your car is equipped with an automatictransaxle, don’t let your car creep forward.To avoid creeping forward, keep your footon the brake pedal when the car is stopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill. Engagethe parking brake and place the gear selec-tor lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep the carfrom rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the curb to helpkeep the car from rolling. If there is no curbor if it is required by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

o Under some conditions your parking brakecan freeze in the engaged position. This ismost likely to happen when there is an ac-cumulation of snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If thereis a risk that the parking brake may freeze,apply it only temporarily while you put thegear selector lever in "P" (automatic) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and

C140A01A-AAT

DRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYYou can save fuel and get more miles from yourcar if you follow these suggestions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderaterate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stoplights. Try toadjust your speed to that of the other trafficso you don't have to change speeds unnec-essarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unneces-sary braking. This also reduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The faster youdrive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving ata moderate speed, especially on the high-way, is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components. In ad-dition, driving with your foot resting on thebrake pedal may cause the brakes to over-heat, which reduces their effectiveness andmay lead to more serious consequences.

Page 102: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 12

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolCoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantYour Hyundai is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. Itis the only type of coolant that should be usedbecause it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the water pump andprevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replen-ish your coolant in accordance with the main-tenance schedule in Section 5. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assure that itsfreezing point is sufficient for the temperaturesanticipated during the winter.

it is necessary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipment tires. Failureto do so may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially very hazardouspractices.During deceleration, use engine braking to thefullest extent. Sudden brake applications onsnowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur.You need to keep sufficient distance betweenthe vehicle in operation in front and your ve-hicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should benoted that installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but will notprevent side skids.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. Checkstate laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.

C150A01A-AAT

SMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGAvoid braking or gear changing in corners,especially when roads are wet. Ideally, cornersshould always be taken under gentle accelera-tion. If you follow these suggestions, tire wearwill be held to a minimum.

C160A01A-AAT

WINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGThe more severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other problems. Tominimize the problems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

running smoothly, you can drive away. Invery cold weather, however, give your en-gine a slightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Luggingis driving too slowly in too high a gearresulting in the engine bucking. If this hap-pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revving isracing the engine beyond its safe limit. Thiscan be avoided by shifting at the recom-mended speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly. The airconditioning system is operated by enginepower so your fuel economy is reducedwhen you use it.

C160B01A-AAT

Snowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may benecessary to use snow tires or to install tirechains on your tires. If snow tires are needed,

o Take care of your tires. Keep them inflatedto the recommended pressure. Incorrect in-flation, either too much or too little, results inunnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pres-sures at least once a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are aligned correct-ly. Improper alignment can result from hittingcurbs or driving too fast over irregular sur-faces. Poor alignment causes faster tirewear and may also result in other problemsas well as greater fuel consumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. For betterfuel economy and reduced maintenancecosts, maintain your car in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in Section 5. Ifyou drive your car in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required (seeSection 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximum service,your Hyundai should be kept clean and freeof corrosive materials. It is especially impor-tant that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed toaccumulate on the underside of the car. Thisextra weight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weightin your car. Weight reduces fuel economy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than neces-sary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic),turn off your engine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

o Remember, your Hyundai does not requireextended warm-up. As soon as the engine is

Page 103: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 13

C160D01A-AAT

Check Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesWinter puts additional burdens on the batterysystem. Visually inspect the battery and cablesas described in Section 6. The level of chargein your battery can be checked by your Hyundaidealer or a service station.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryIn some climates it is recommended that alower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used dur-ing cold weather. See Section 9 for recommen-dations. If you aren’t sure what weight oil youshould use, consult your Hyundai dealer.

C160F01A-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionSystemSystemSystemSystemSystemInspect your spark plugs as described in Sec-tion 6 and replace them if necessary. Alsocheck all ignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn or damaged inany way.

C160G01A-AAT

To Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the keyopening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt itwith an approved de-icing fluid to remove theice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may beable to thaw it out by using a heated key.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemTo keep the water in the window washer sys-tem from freezing, add an approved anti-freezesolution in accordance with instructions on thecontainer. Window washer anti-freeze is avail-able from Hyundai dealers and most auto partsoutlets. Do not use engine coolant or othertypes of anti-freeze as these may damage thefinish.

C160I01A-AAT

Don’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeUnder some conditions your parking brake canfreeze in the engaged position. This is mostlikely to happen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near the rear brakes orif the brakes are wet. If there is a risk theparking brake may freeze, apply it only tempo-rarily while you put the gear selector lever in"P" (automatic) or in first or reverse gear (manualtransaxle) and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

C160J01A-AAT

Don’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnder some conditions, snow and ice can buildup under the fenders and interfere with the

Handle the heated key with care to avoid burn-ing the fingers.

steering. When driving in severe winter condi-tions where this may happen, you should peri-odically check underneath the car to be surethe movement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentDepending on the severity of the weather whereyou drive your car, you should carry appropriateemergency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tire chains, tow strapsor chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves,ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

C170A01A-AAT

HIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip Inspections1. Tires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specifica-tion. Low tire inflation pressures will result inoverheating and possible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires which mayresult in reduced traction or tire failure.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes 1.5 times morefuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to checkboth engine coolant and engine oil.

Page 104: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 14

C190D01S-AAT

Safety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsShould the hitch connection between your carand the trailer or vehicle you are towing fail, thetrailer or vehicle could wander dangerouslyacross other lanes of traffic and ultimately leavethe roadway. To eliminate this potentially dan-gerous situation, safety chains, attached be-tween your car and the trailer or towed vehicle,are required in most states.

C190E01O-AAT

Trailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight Limit

Tongue load Total trailer weightSSA2200B

C190B01S-AAT

Trailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesSelect the proper hitch and ball combination,making sure that its location is compatible withthat of the trailer or vehicle being towed.Use a quality non-equalizing hitch which distrib-utes the tongue load uniformly throughout thechassis.

The hitch should be bolted securely to the carand installed by a qualified technician. DO NOTUSE A HITCH DESIGNED FOR TEMPORARYINSTALLATION AND NEVER USE ONE THATATTACHES ONLY TO THE BUMPER.

C190C01Y-AAT

Trailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesIf your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed andoperating correctly.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:If you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willrequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due tothe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance UnderSevere Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-

rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.ooooo When towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (in

excess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theengine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-

sure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If theneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugemoves across the dial towards "H" (HOT),moves across the dial towards "H" (HOT),moves across the dial towards "H" (HOT),moves across the dial towards "H" (HOT),moves across the dial towards "H" (HOT),pull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to idle until itdo so, and allow the engine to idle until itdo so, and allow the engine to idle until itdo so, and allow the engine to idle until itdo so, and allow the engine to idle until itcools down. You may proceed once thecools down. You may proceed once thecools down. You may proceed once thecools down. You may proceed once thecools down. You may proceed once theengine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.

3. Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may result inoverheating of the engine.

C180A01A-AAT

USE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSCheck your lights regularly for correct operationand always keep them clean. When drivingduring the day in conditions of poor visibility, itis helpful to drive with headlights on low beam.This enables you to be seen as well as to see.

C190A01S-AAT

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGIf you are considering towing with your car, youshould first check with your State's Departmentof Motor Vehicles to determine their legal re-quirements.Since laws vary from State to State the require-ments for towing trailers, cars, or other types ofvehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask yourHyundai dealer for further details before towing.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Do not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toallow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.

Page 105: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 15

o Keep the tongue load 10% of the total trailerload.

o Tongue load

Total trailer weighto Tongue loads can be increased or decreased

by re-distributing the load in the trailer.This can be verified by checking the totalweight of the loaded trailer and then check-ing the load on the tongue.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1.1.1.1.1. Never load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight in

the back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inthe rear.the rear.the rear.the rear.the rear.

2.2.2.2.2. The total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailermust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Thetotal gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-bined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allpassengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.

x 100 = 10% (MAX)

Gross axle weight Gross vehicle weightSSA2200D

3.3.3.3.3. The front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-tion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possiblethat your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.Improper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchluggage in the cargo area can overloadluggage in the cargo area can overloadluggage in the cargo area can overloadluggage in the cargo area can overloadluggage in the cargo area can overloadthe rear axle. Redistribute the load andthe rear axle. Redistribute the load andthe rear axle. Redistribute the load andthe rear axle. Redistribute the load andthe rear axle. Redistribute the load andcheck the axle weight again.check the axle weight again.check the axle weight again.check the axle weight again.check the axle weight again.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-ed when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailerweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inthe chart.the chart.the chart.the chart.the chart.

Engine

2.4(2WD)

2.7(2WD)

2.7(4WD)

2.4(2WD)

2.7(2WD)

2.7(4WD)

2.4(2WD)

2.7(2WD)

2.7(4WD)

Lbs. (kg)

Maximum Towable Weight

With Brake

Without Brake

Without Brake

+ABS

Trailer Tongue

1200(544)

2700(1224)

2200(997)

1000(453)

1200(544)

1200(544)

1200(544)

1500(680)

1500(680)

120(54.4)

270(122.4)

220(99.7)

100(45.3)

120(54.4)

120(54.4)

120(54.4)

150(68.0)

150(68.0)

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Improperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canseriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-formance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeserious injury or death.serious injury or death.serious injury or death.serious injury or death.serious injury or death.

C190F01S-AAT

Trailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing Tips1. Before towing, check hitch and safety chain

connections as well as proper operation ofthe trailer running lights, brake lights, andturn signals.

2. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed (Less than 60 mph)

3. Trailer towing requires more fuel than nor-mal conditions.

Page 106: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 16

12.Avoid sharp turns and rapid lane changes.13.Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long

or too frequently. This could cause the brakesto overheat, resulting in reduced brakingefficiency.

14.When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshift thetransaxle to a lower gear and reduce speedto reduce chances of engine overloadingand/or overheating.

15.If you have to stop while going uphill, do nothold the vehicle in place by pressing on theaccelerator. This can cause the automatictransaxle to overheat. Use the parking brakeor footbrake.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid morefrequently.frequently.frequently.frequently.frequently.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),taking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce oreliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.

1. Turn off the air conditioner.2. Reduce highway speed.3. Select a lower gear when going uphill.4. While in stop and go traffic, place the gear

selector in park or neutral and idle the en-gine at a higher speed.

4. To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not usefifth gear (manual transaxle) or overdrive(automatic transaxle).

5. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

6. Check the condition and air pressure of alltires on the trailer and your car. Low tirepressure can seriously affect the handling.Also check the spare tire.

7. The vehicle/trailer combination is more af-fected by crosswind and buffeting.When being passed by a large vehicle, keepa constant speed and steer straight ahead.If there is too much wind buffeting slowdown to get out of the other vehicle's airturbulence.

8. When parking your car and trailer, especial-ly on a hill, be sure to follow all the normalprecautions. Turn your front wheel into thecurb, set the parking brake firmly, and putthe transaxle in 1st or Reverse (manual) orPark (automatic). In addition, place wheelchocks at each of the trailer's tires.

9. If the trailer has electric brakes, start yourvehicle and trailer moving, and then apply thetrailer brake controller by hand to be sure thebrakes are working. This lets you check yourelectrical connection at the same time.

10.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still working.

11.Avoid jerky starts, sudden acceleration orsudden stops.

Page 107: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-1

2. Check the battery connections to be surethey are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims orgoes out when you operate the starter, thebattery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to be surethey are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Seeinstructions for "Jump Starting".

D020A02A-AAT

JUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTING3.3.3.3.3. WHAWHAWHAWHAWHAT T T T T TTTTTO DO IN ANO DO IN ANO DO IN ANO DO IN ANO DO IN ANEMERGENCYEMERGENCYEMERGENCYEMERGENCYEMERGENCY

D010A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTCAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orpull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in acollision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-tion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.

D010B02A-AAT

If Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver Slowly

D010B01Y

1. If your car has an automatic transaxle, besure the gear selector lever is in "N" or "P"and the emergency brake is set.

D010C01Y-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesNot StartNot StartNot StartNot StartNot Start1. Check fuel level.2. Check all connectors at ignition, coil and

spark plugs. Re-connect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.4. If engine still refuses to start, call a Hyundai

dealer or seek other qualified assistance.

D010D01A-AAT

If Engine Stalls While DrivingIf Engine Stalls While DrivingIf Engine Stalls While DrivingIf Engine Stalls While DrivingIf Engine Stalls While Driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a

straight line. Move cautiously off the road toa safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle

will not start, contact a Hyundai dealer orseek other qualified assistance.

AX30030A

Negative to the enginenot to the battery Positive to positive

Booster batteryDischarged battery

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifthese instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,serious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to thevehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure howto follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-tive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.

o If you should accidentally get acid on yourskin or in your eyes, immediately removeany contaminated clothing and flush thearea with clear water for at least 15 minutes.Then promptly obtain medical attention. Ifyou must be transported to an emergency

33333

Page 108: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-2

engine coolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be sure theengine cooling fan is operating. If the fan isnot running, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt ismissing. If it is not missing, check to see thatit is tight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leaking fromthe radiator, hoses or under the car. (If theair conditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from it whenyou stop).

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:While the engine is running, keep hair, handsWhile the engine is running, keep hair, handsWhile the engine is running, keep hair, handsWhile the engine is running, keep hair, handsWhile the engine is running, keep hair, handsand clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.

5. If the water pump drive belt is broken orengine coolant is leaking out, stop the en-gine immediately and call the nearestHyundai dealer for assistance.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousburns.burns.burns.burns.burns.

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheat-ing, wait until the engine temperature hasreturned to normal. Then, if coolant hasbeen lost, carefully remove the radiator capand add coolant to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

facility, continue to apply water to the affect-ed area with a sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Donot smoke or allow a spark or an open flamein the vicinity.

o The battery being used to provide the jumpstart must be 12-volt. If you cannot deter-mine that it is a 12-volt battery, do notattempt to use it for the jump start.

o To jump start a car with a discharged bat-tery, follow this procedure exactly:

1. If the booster battery is installed in anothervehicle, be sure the two vehicles are nottouching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights and acces-sories in both vehicles.

3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in theexact location shown on the illustration. First,attach one clamp of the jumper cable to thepositive (+) post or cable of the dischargedbattery. Then attach the other end of thesame cable to the positive (+) post or cableof the booster battery. Next, using the othercable, attach one clamp to the negative (-)post or cable of the booster battery. Thenattach the other end of that cable to a solidmetal part of the engine away from thebattery. Do not connect the cable to anymoving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with the boosterbattery and let it run for a few minutes. Thiswill help to assure that the booster battery is

fully charged. During the jumping operation,run the engine in this vehicle at about 2,000rpm.

5. Start your engine using the normal startingprocedure. After the engine starts, leave thejumper cables connected and let the enginerun at fast idle or about 2,000 rpm for sev-eral minutes.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cables in thereverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your battery becamedischarged (because the lights were left on,etc.), have the charging system checked by yourHyundai dealer.

D030A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates overheating,you experience a loss of power, or hear loudpinging or knocking, the engine is probably toohot. If this happens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it issafe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P" (auto-matic), or neutral (manual transaxle) and setthe parking brake. If the air conditioning ison, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out under the caror steam is coming out from the hood, stopthe engine. Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or the steaminghas stopped. If there is no visible loss of

Page 109: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-3

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for fur-ther signs of overheating. If overheating hap-pens again, call a Hyundai dealer for assis-tance.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Serious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldbe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaidealer.dealer.dealer.dealer.dealer.

D040A01A-GAT

SPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIREThe following instructions for the FULL SIZEspare tire should be observed:

Check inflation pressure as soon as practicalafter installing the spare tire, and adjust to thespecified pressure. The tire pressure should beperiodically checked and maintained at thespecified pressure while the tire is stored.

Tire Size

Inflation Pressure

Full Size

30 psi (207 kPa)

Spare Tire Pressure

D040B02B-GAT

Handling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare Tire

To remove the spare tireTo remove the spare tireTo remove the spare tireTo remove the spare tireTo remove the spare tire1. Open the tail gate.2. Remove the mounting bolt cover with a

screw driver or coin.

3. Loosen the mounting bolt with a wheel nutwrench.

4. Lift up the hanger and separate it from theholder, then lower the hanger and removethe spare tire.

To reinstall the spare tireTo reinstall the spare tireTo reinstall the spare tireTo reinstall the spare tireTo reinstall the spare tire1. Set the spare tire on the center of the hanger,

and then raise the hanger and hook it ontothe holder.

2. Tighten the mounting bolt with the wheel nutwrench.

3. Install the mounting bolt cover with a screwdriver.

D040B01O

D040B02O

D040B03O

Page 110: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-4

D060A01A-AAT

CHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRE

D060A01O

The procedure described on the following pagescan be used to rotate tires as well as to changea flat tire. When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selector lever is in "P"(automatic) or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and that the parking brake is set, then:

Remove the spare tire and remove the jack andtool bag from the luggage compartment.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:The spare tire is located underneath the car.The spare tire is located underneath the car.The spare tire is located underneath the car.The spare tire is located underneath the car.The spare tire is located underneath the car.

D060B02O-AAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

D060B01O

D050A02A-AAT

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal andlet the car slow down while driving straightahead. Do not apply the brakes immediatelyor attempt to pull off the road as this maycause a loss of control. When the car hasslowed to such a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If you are on adivided highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2. When the car is stopped, turn on your emer-gency hazard flashers, set the parking brakeand put the transaxle in "P" (automatic) orreverse (manual transaxle).

3. Have all passengers get out of the car. Besure they all get out on the side of the carthat is away from traffic.

4. Change the tire following the instructionsprovided as follows.

Page 111: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-5

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel

SSA3050D

Flat tire

Block the wheel that is diagonally opposite fromthe flat to keep the vehicle from rolling when thecar is raised on the jack.

D060D01A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

D060D01O

The wheel nuts should be loosened slightlybefore raising the car. To loosen the nuts, turnthe wrench handle counterclockwise. Whendoing this, be sure that the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut so it cannot slip off. Formaximum leverage, position the wrench so thehandle is to the left as shown in the drawing.Then, while holding the wrench near the end ofthe handle, push down on it with steady pres-sure. Do not remove the nuts at this time. Justloosen them about one-half turn.

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placed on firm,level ground. The jack should be positioned asshown in the drawing.

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car

After inserting a bar into the wheel nut wrench,install the bar into the jack as shown in thedrawing. To raise the vehicle, turn the wheel nutwrench clockwise. As the jack begins to raisethe vehicle, double check that it is properlypositioned and will not slip. If the jack is on softground or sand, place a board, brick, flat stone orother object under the base of the jack to keepit from sinking.Raise the car high enough so that the fullyinflated spare tire can be installed. To do this,you will need more ground clearance than isrequired to remove the flat tire.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-ed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as thevehicle could fall and cause serious injuryvehicle could fall and cause serious injuryvehicle could fall and cause serious injuryvehicle could fall and cause serious injuryvehicle could fall and cause serious injuryor death. No one should stay in the car whileor death. No one should stay in the car whileor death. No one should stay in the car whileor death. No one should stay in the car whileor death. No one should stay in the car whilethe jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.

D060E01O-1

HFC4022

Wrench bar

Wheel nut wrench

Page 112: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-6

SSA3071H

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Wheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpedges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-sible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelinto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing onthe hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel fromfitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,remove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on themounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelmay result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.

D060H02A-AAT

7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts

YL30140A

To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the studs, putthe wheel nuts on the studs and tighten themfinger tight. The nuts should be installed withtheir small diameter ends directed inward. Jigglethe tire to be sure it is completely seated, thentighten the nuts as much as possible with yourfingers again.

D060G02Y-AAT

6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels

SSA3070H

Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them withyour fingers. Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. To put the wheelon the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up theholes with the studs and slide the wheel ontothem. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly andget the top hole in the wheel lined up with thetop stud. Then jiggle the wheel back and forthuntil the wheel can be slid over the other studs.

Page 113: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-7

D060I01E-AAT

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

D060I01O

Lower the car to the ground by turning thewheel nut wrench counterclockwise. Then posi-tion the wrench as shown in the drawing andtighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket isseated completely over the nut. Do not stand onthe wrench handle or use an extension pipeover the wrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening every other nutuntil they are all tight. Then double-check eachnut for tightness. After changing wheels, have atechnician tighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)

D060J02O-AAT

After Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing Wheels

D040B03O

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve capand check the air pressure. If the pressure islower than recommended, drive slowly to thenearest service station and inflate to the correctpressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it iscorrect. Always reinstall the valve cap afterchecking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from the tire. If youlose a valve cap, buy another and install it assoon as possible.After you have changed wheels, always securethe flat tire in its place and return the jack andtools to their proper storage locations.

D080A01A-AAT

IF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWED

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

D080A01O

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-rectly!rectly!rectly!rectly!rectly!

If your car has to be towed, it should be done byyour Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truckservice. This will help assure that your car isnot damaged in towing. Also, professionals aregenerally aware of state and local laws govern-ing towing. In any case, rather than risk dam-age to your car, it is suggested that you showthis information to the tow truck operator. Besure that a safety chain system is used and thatall state and local laws are observed.

Page 114: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-8

D080C02A-AAT

Towing a Car With Automatic TransaxleTowing a Car With Automatic TransaxleTowing a Car With Automatic TransaxleTowing a Car With Automatic TransaxleTowing a Car With Automatic Transaxle

o DO NOT TOW 4WDo NOT OK FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

EQUIPPED VEHICLEo OK FOR MANUAL TRANSAXLE

(except 4WD)(except 4WD)(except 4WD)(except 4WD)(except 4WD)

D080C01O

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:A car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontwheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-ous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.

If the car is being towed with the rear wheels onthe ground, be sure the parking brake is re-leased.

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

D080C02O

D080B02O-AAT

Towing a Car With Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With Manual Transaxle

o DO NOT TOW 4WDo OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLEWITH NO DAMAGE(except 4WD)(except 4WD)(except 4WD)(except 4WD)(except 4WD)

D080B01O-1

o If the car is being towed with the rear wheelson the ground, be sure the parking brake isreleased.

o If the car is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, be sure that thetransaxle is in neutral. Also, be sure that theignition key is in the "ACC" position. This isnecessary to prevent damage to the steer-ing lock mechanism, which is not designedto hold the front wheels straight while the caris being towed.

o If any of the loaded wheels or suspensioncomponents are damaged, a towing dollymust be used.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo When towing the 2WD vehicle with theWhen towing the 2WD vehicle with theWhen towing the 2WD vehicle with theWhen towing the 2WD vehicle with theWhen towing the 2WD vehicle with the

rear wheels on the ground, the vehiclerear wheels on the ground, the vehiclerear wheels on the ground, the vehiclerear wheels on the ground, the vehiclerear wheels on the ground, the vehicleshould be towed with wheel lift type truck.should be towed with wheel lift type truck.should be towed with wheel lift type truck.should be towed with wheel lift type truck.should be towed with wheel lift type truck.

Otherwise, the CV joint boot can inter-Otherwise, the CV joint boot can inter-Otherwise, the CV joint boot can inter-Otherwise, the CV joint boot can inter-Otherwise, the CV joint boot can inter-fere with the towing hook caused byfere with the towing hook caused byfere with the towing hook caused byfere with the towing hook caused byfere with the towing hook caused byinsufficient clearance resulting in CV jointinsufficient clearance resulting in CV jointinsufficient clearance resulting in CV jointinsufficient clearance resulting in CV jointinsufficient clearance resulting in CV jointboot damage.boot damage.boot damage.boot damage.boot damage.

ooooo 4 Wheel Drive cannot be towed with a4 Wheel Drive cannot be towed with a4 Wheel Drive cannot be towed with a4 Wheel Drive cannot be towed with a4 Wheel Drive cannot be towed with atow truck.tow truck.tow truck.tow truck.tow truck.It must be towed by lifting all 4 wheels.It must be towed by lifting all 4 wheels.It must be towed by lifting all 4 wheels.It must be towed by lifting all 4 wheels.It must be towed by lifting all 4 wheels.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-saxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.

Page 115: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-9

D080D02O-AAT

Emergency TowingEmergency TowingEmergency TowingEmergency TowingEmergency Towing

D080D01O

For emergency towing when no commercialtow vehicle is available, attach a tow cable,chain or strap to one of the tie-down hooksunder the front of your car. Be very carefulwhen attempting this procedure when the ve-hicle is on any unpaved surface to avoid dam-age to your vehicle.Nor should towing be attempted if the wheels,drive train, axles, steering or brakes are dam-aged. Before towing, be sure the transaxle is inneutral and the key is in "ACC" (with the engineoff) or in the "ON" position (with the enginerunning). A driver must be in the towed car tosteer it and operate the brakes.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:To avoid serious damage to your 4WD ve-To avoid serious damage to your 4WD ve-To avoid serious damage to your 4WD ve-To avoid serious damage to your 4WD ve-To avoid serious damage to your 4WD ve-hicle, limit the towing to 10 mph and not forhicle, limit the towing to 10 mph and not forhicle, limit the towing to 10 mph and not forhicle, limit the towing to 10 mph and not forhicle, limit the towing to 10 mph and not formore than 1 mile at ANY TIME.more than 1 mile at ANY TIME.more than 1 mile at ANY TIME.more than 1 mile at ANY TIME.more than 1 mile at ANY TIME.

D120A01A-AAT

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIf you lose your keys, many Hyundai dealerscan make you a new key if you have your keynumber.If you lock the keys inside your car and youcannot obtain a new key, many Hyundai deal-ers can use special tools to open the door foryou.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelson the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.Do not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mph(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25km). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked byplacing the key in the "ACC" position.placing the key in the "ACC" position.placing the key in the "ACC" position.placing the key in the "ACC" position.placing the key in the "ACC" position.A driver must be in the towed vehicle toA driver must be in the towed vehicle toA driver must be in the towed vehicle toA driver must be in the towed vehicle toA driver must be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.operate the steering and brakes.operate the steering and brakes.operate the steering and brakes.operate the steering and brakes.

Page 116: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-1

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is to keepyour car clean and free of corrosive materials.Attention to the underside of the car is particu-larly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area — whereroad salts are used, near the ocean, areaswith industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—,you should take extra care to prevent corro-sion. In winter, hose off the underside ofyour car at least once a month and be sureto clean the underside thoroughly when win-ter is over.

o When cleaning underneath the car, giveparticular attention to the components underthe fenders and other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; just dampen-ing the accumulated mud rather than wash-ing it away will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pressureand steam are particularly effective in re-moving accumulated mud and corrosivematerials.

o When cleaning lower door panels, rockerpanels and frame members, be sure thatdrain holes are kept open so that moisturecan escape and not be trapped inside to ac-celerate corrosion.

E010A01A-AAT

CORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONProtecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-sionsionsionsionsionBy using the most advanced design and con-struction practices to combat corrosion, Hyundaiproduces cars of the highest quality. However,this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your Hyundai candeliver, the owner’s cooperation and assistanceis also required.

4.4.4.4.4. CORRCORRCORRCORRCORROSIONOSIONOSIONOSIONOSIONPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCECARECARECARECARECARE

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasIf you live in an area where your car is regularlyexposed to corrosive materials, corrosion pro-tection is particularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated corrosion areroad salts, dust control chemicals, ocean airand industrial pollution.

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionThe most common causes of corrosion on yourcar are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowedto accumulate underneath the car.

o Removal of paint or protective coatings bystones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapesand dents which leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture creates the conditions in which corro-sion is most likely to occur. For example, cor-rosion is accelerated by high humidity, particu-larly when temperatures are just above freez-ing. In such conditions, the corrosive material iskept in contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slowto dry and holds moisture in contact with thevehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, itcan still retain the moisture and promote corro-sion.High temperatures can also accelerate corro-sion of parts that are not properly ventilated sothe moisture can be dispersed. For all thesereasons, it is particularly important to keep yourcar clean and free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only to thevisible surfaces but particularly to the undersideof the car.

E020A01A-AAT

TO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONYou can help prevent corrosion from gettingstarted by observing the following:

44444

Page 117: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-2

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryDon’t park your car in a damp, poorly ventilatedgarage. This creates a favorable environmentfor corrosion. This is particularly true if youwash your car in the garage or drive it into thegarage when it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contrib-ute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated somoisture is dispersed.

E020D01A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-tiontiontiontiontionScratches or chips in the finish should be cov-ered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possibleto reduce the possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the attention of aqualified body and paint shop is recommended.

E020E01A-AAT

Don’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorMoisture can collect under the floor mats andcarpeting to cause corrosion. Check under themats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, clean-ing materials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in proper contain-ers and any spills or leaks should be cleanedup, flushed with clear water and thoroughlydried.

E030A01A-AAT

WASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiNever wash your car when the surface is hotfrom being in the sun. Always wash your car inthe shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasive andcan scratch the paint if it is not removed. Airpollution or acid rain may damage the paint andtrim through chemical action if pollutants areallowed to remain in contact with the surface. Ifyou live near the ocean or in an area whereroad salts or dust control chemicals are used,you should pay particular attention to the under-side of the car. Start by rinsing the car toremove dust and loose dirt. In winter, or if youhave driven through mud or muddy water, besure to thoroughly clean the underside as well.Use a hard direct stream of water to removeaccumulations of mud or corrosive materials.Use a good quality car-washing solution andfollow the manufacturer’s directions on the pack-age. These are available at your Hyundai dealeror auto parts outlet. Don’t use strong householddetergents, gasoline, strong solvents or abra-sive cleaning powders as these may damagethe finish.Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse it frequentlyand don’t damage the finish by rubbing toohard. For stubborn spots, dampen them fre-quently and remove them a little at a time.

To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brush orsoapy steel-wool scouring pad.

To clean plastic wheel covers, use a cleansponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels, use amild soap or neutral detergent. Do not useabrasive cleaners. Protect the bare-metal sur-faces by cleaning, polishing and waxing. Be-cause aluminum is subject to corrosion, be sureto give aluminum alloy wheels special attentionin winter. If you drive on salted roads, clean thewheels thoroughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thoroughly. Ifsoapy water dries on the finish, streaking willresult.

When the weather is warm and the humiditylow, you may find it necessary to rinse eachsection immediately after washing to avoidstreaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a damp chamoisor soft, absorbent cloth. The reason for dryingthe car is to remove water from the car so it willdry without water spots. Don’t rub, this candamage the finish.

If you find any nicks or scratches in the paint,use touch-up paint to cover them to preventcorrosion. To protect the paintwork of the caragainst corrosion, you must clean your Hyundai(at least once a month). Give special attentionto the removal of salt, mud and other substanc-

Page 118: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-3

es on the underside of the splashboards of thecar. Make sure that the outlets and the under-side of the doors are open. Paint damage canbe caused by small accumulation of tar, indus-trial precipitation, tree resin, insects and birddroppings, when not removed immediately. Ifwater alone is not strong enough to remove theaccumulated dirt, use a mild car washing solu-tion. Be sure to rinse the surface after washingto remove the solution. Never allow the solutionto dry on the painted surfaces.

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainYou should polish and wax the car again whenwater no longer beads on a clean surface butspreads out over a larger area.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersSpecial precautions must be observed to pre-serve the appearance of the bumpers on yourHyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery electrolyte orhydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers. If youdo, wash it off immediately with clear water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper sur-faces. They are made of soft plastic and thesurface can be damaged if mistreated. Donot use abrasive cleaners. Use warm waterand mild soap or car-washing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to high tem-peratures. For example, if you have your carrepainted, do not leave the bumpers on thecar if the car is going to be placed in a high-temperature paint booth.

E040A01A-AAT

CLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo clean the vinyl upholstery, first remove loosedirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner. Then applya solution of mild soap or detergent and waterusing a clean sponge or soft cloth. Allow this to

stay on the surface to loosen the dirt, then wipewith a clean damp sponge or cloth. If all the dirtstains are not removed, repeat this procedureuntil the upholstery is clean. Do not use gaso-line, solvent, paint thinner or other strong clean-ers.

E030B01A-AAT

Spot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningDon’t use gasoline, strong solvents or corrosivecleaning agents. These can damage the finishof the car. To remove road tar, use turpentineon a clean, soft cloth. Be gentle.To remove dead insects or tree sap, use warmwater and mild soap or car-washing solution.Soak the spot and rub gently. If the paint haslost its luster, use a commercial car-cleaningpolish.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingAlways wash and dry the car before polishingor waxing or using a combination cleaner andwax. Use a good quality commercial productand follow the manufacturer’s directions on thecontainer. Polish and wax the bright trim piecesas well as the paint.

E040B01A-AAT

To Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather Upholstery(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)In the normal course of use, leather upholsteredsurfaces will, like any material, pick-up dust anddirt. This dust and dirt must be cleaned off or itmay work into the surface of the leather, caus-ing damage.

Fine leather needs care, and should be cleanedwhen necessary. Washing leather thoroughlywith soap and water will keep your leatherlustrous, beautiful and ensure you have manyyears of wear.Take a piece of cheese cloth and using anymild soap and lukewarm water, work up a goodlather. Thoroughly wash the leather. Wipe cleanwith a slightly damp cloth and dry with softcloth. Do this as often as the leather becomessoiled.

During tanning operations, sufficient oils areincorporated through processing that none needbe applied during the life of the leather. Oilapplied to the finished surface will in no wayhelp the leather and may do more harm than

Page 119: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-4

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsYou may use any household window cleaneron the windows. However, when cleaning theinside of the rear window be careful not todamage the rear window defroster wiring.

E050A01A-AAT

Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?If you have any questions about the care ofyour car, consult your Hyundai dealer.

good. Varnishes and furniture polishes shouldnever be used under any conditions.

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsTo clean the seat belts, use a cloth or spongewith mild soap or detergent and warm water. Donot use strong detergents, dye, bleach or abra-sive materials on the seat belts as this mayweaken the fabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect them for ex-cessive wear, cuts, fraying or other signs ofdamage and replace them if necessary.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsUse a foam-type carpet cleaner. Cleaners ofthis type are available in aerosol cans in liquidform or powder. Read the instructions and fol-low them exactly. Using a vacuum cleaner withthe appropriate attachment, remove as muchdirt from the carpets as possible. Apply thefoam following the manufacturer’s directions,then rub in overlapping circles. Do not addwater. These cleaners work best when thecarpet is kept as dry as possible.

Page 120: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-1

F010C01A-AAT

Specified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresThese are the procedures such as inspections,adjustments and replacements that are listed inthe maintenance charts starting on page 5-3.These procedures must be performed at theintervals shown in the maintenance schedule toassure that your warranty remains in effect.Although it is strongly recommended that theybe performed by the trained technicians at yourHyundai dealer, these procedures may be per-formed at any qualified service facility.It is suggested that genuine Hyundai serviceparts be used for any required repairs or re-placements. Other parts of equivalent qualitysuch as engine oil, engine coolant, manual orauto transaxle oil, brake fluid and so on whichare not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company orits distributor may be used without affectingyour warranty coverage but you should alwaysbe sure these are equivalent to the quality of theoriginal Hyundai parts. Your Owner's Hand-book provides further information about yourwarranty coverage.

5.5.5.5.5. VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-NANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQUIRE-UIRE-UIRE-UIRE-UIRE-MENTSMENTSMENTSMENTSMENTS

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceIf you are mechanically inclined, own a few toolsthat are required and want to take the time to doso, you can inspect and service a number ofitems. For more information about doing it your-self, see Section 6.

F010D02A-AAT

General ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksThese are the regular checks you should per-form when you drive your Hyundai or you fill thefuel tank. A list of these items will be found onpage 6-3.

F010A01A-AAT

MAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsTo ensure that you receive the greatest numberof miles of satisfying operation from yourHyundai, certain maintenance procedures mustbe performed. Although careful design and en-gineering have reduced these to a minimum,those that are required are of the utmost impor-tance.It is your responsibility to have these mainte-nance procedures performed to comply with theterms of the warranties covering your newHyundai. The Owner's Handbook supplied withyour new vehicle provides further informationabout these warranties.

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsThe maintenance required for your Hyundai canbe divided into three main areas:

o Specified scheduled procedureso General checkso Do-it-yourself maintenance

F010F01A-AAT

A Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few Tipso Whenever you have your Hyundai serviced,

keep copies of the service records in yourglovebox. This will help ensure that you candocument that the required procedures havebeen performed to keep your warranties ineffect. This is especially important whenservice is not performed by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

o If you choose to do your own maintenanceand repairs, you may find it helpful to havean official Hyundai Shop Manual. A copy ofthis publication may be purchased at yourHyundai dealer's parts department.

F020A02Y-AAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSo Inspection should be performed any time a

malfunction is experienced or suspected.o Receipts for all emission control system

services should be retained to demonstrate

55555

Page 121: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 2

compliance with conditions of the emissionssystem warranty.

o After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000km), continue to follow the prescribed main-tenance intervals.

o For severe usage maintenance require-ments, see page 5-5 of this section.

Page 122: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-3

F030A01A-AAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services toprotect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

F030B02Y-AAT

R :Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM AND CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS (PLATINUM COATED)

No. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

7.5

12

6

R

15

24

12

R

22.5

36

18

R

30

48

24

R

I

I

R

37.5

60

30

R

45

72

36

R

52.5

84

42

R

R

I

60

96

48

R

I

I

R

R

67.5

108

54

R

75

120

60

R

82.5

132

66

R

90

144

72

R

I

I

R

97.5

156

78

R

105

168

84

R

R

I

112.5

180

90

R

120

192

96

R

I

I

R

R

127.5

204

102

R

135

216

108

R

142.5

228

114

R

150

240

120

R

I

I

R

F030B02Y.WMF

Page 123: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 4

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT

COOLANT

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID AND FILTER

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS / LOWER ARM

BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP BELT AND HOSES

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

TRANSFER CASE OIL (4WD)

REAR AXLE OIL (4WD)

PROPELLAR SHAFT CLEAN, BOLT RETIGHTEN (4WD)

F030C03O-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

No. DESCRIPTION

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

2.4DOHC (ALT, W/PUMP)

2.7V6 ( ALT, P/STR'G, A/CON)

7.5

12

6

I

15

24

12

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

22.5

36

18

I

30

48

24

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

37.5

60

30

I

45

72

36

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

52.5

84

42

I

60

96

48

R

I

R

R*¹

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

67.5

108

54

I

75

120

60

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

82.5

132

66

I

90

144

72

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

97.5

156

78

I

105

168

84

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

112.5

180

90

I

120

192

96

R

I

R

R*¹

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

127.5

204

102

I

135

216

108

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

142.5

228

114

I

150

240

120

I

R

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

See Note *2

See Note *3

Note :*1. For California, this maintenance is recommended, but not required.*2. Inspect every 25,000 miles (40,000 km)and replace every 62,000 miles (100,000 km)*3. With LSD- Inspect every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) and replace every 50,000 miles (80,000 km)

Without LSD- lnspect every 25,000 miles (40,000 km)

Page 124: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-5

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS/PADS, PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/

LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID AND FILTER

TRANSFER CASE OIL (4WD) *1

REAR AXLE OIL (4WD) *1

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriatemaintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

F040A02O-AAT

MAINTENANCE ITEM

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

R

EVERY 3,000 MILES (4,800 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

EVERY 25,000 MILES (40,000 KM)

EVERY 25,000 MILES (40,000 KM)

EVERY 50,000 MILES (80,000 KM)

With LSD

Without LSD

DRIVINGCONDITION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEOPERATION

A, B, C, F, H

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G

C, E, F

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E, G, I

C, E, G, I

F - More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weatherabove 90°F (32°C)

G - Driving in mountainous areasH - Towing a trailerI - Driving for patrol car, taxi or commercial car and vehicle towingJ - Driving over 100 MPH

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeated short distance drivingB - Extensive idlingC - Driving in dusty, rough roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

*1. Transfer Case Oil and Rear Axle Oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

Page 125: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 6

F060A01A-AAT

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-TENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSF060M01A-AAT

o Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and FilterThe engine oil and filter should be changed atthe intervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule. If the car is being driven in severe condi-tions, more frequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

F060C01A-AAT

ooooo Fuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterA clogged filter can limit the speed at which thevehicle may be driven, damage the emissionsystem and cause hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumulates inthe fuel tank, the filter may require replacementmore frequently.After installing a new filter, run the engine forseveral minutes, and check for leaks at theconnections. Fuel filters should be installed bytrained technicians.

F060B01A-AAT

ooooo Drive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsInspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation andreplace if necessary. Drive belts should bechecked periodically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

F060D01A-AAT

ooooo Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-tionstionstionstionstions

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Have a trainedtechnician replace any damaged or leaking partsimmediately.

F060G01A-AAT

ooooo Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap should beinspected at those intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re-placed.

F060F01A-AAT

ooooo Vacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation Hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence ofheat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brit-tle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterioration. Par-ticular attention should be paid to examinethose hose surfaces nearest to high heat sourc-es, such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure that thehoses do not come in contact with any heatsource, sharp edges or moving componentwhich might cause heat damage or mechanicalwear. Inspect all hose connections, such asclamps and couplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are present. Hosesshould be replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

F060H01A-AAT

o Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filterA Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom-mended when filter is replaced.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs of thecorrect heat range.

F060E01A-AAT

ooooo Timing beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltInspect all parts related to the timing belt fordamage and deformation. Replace any dam-aged parts immediately.

F070C01A-AAT

o Engine coolanto Engine coolanto Engine coolanto Engine coolanto Engine coolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule.

F070D01A-AAT

o Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilInspect the manual transaxle oil according tothe maintenance schedule.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:If the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleleaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

Page 126: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-7

F070E03A-AAT

o Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and FilterThe fluid level should be in the "HOT" range ofthe dipstick, after the engine and transaxle areat normal operating temperature. Check theautomatic transaxle fluid level with the enginerunning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied. Use GENUINEHYUNDAI ATF or DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SKATF SP-III when adding or changing fluid.

F070F01A-AAT

ooooo Brake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesVisually check for proper installation, chafing,cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replaceany deteriorated or damaged parts immediate-ly.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake FluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser-voir. The level should be between “MIN” and“MAX” marks on the side of the reservoir. Useonly hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3or DOT 4.

F070H01A-AAT

ooooo Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Parking BrakeParking BrakeParking BrakeParking BrakeParking Brake

Check the rear brake drums and linings forscoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken parts,and excessive wear. Inspect the parking brakesystem including the parking brake lever andcables. For detailed service procedures, referto the Shop Manual.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and RotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discs forrun out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and MufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler andhangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage.Start the engine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting BoltsCheck the suspension connections for loose-ness or damage. Retighten to the specifiedtorque.

F070M01A-AAT

ooooo Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball JointLower Arm Ball JointLower Arm Ball JointLower Arm Ball JointLower Arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off, checkfor excessive free-play in the steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage. Checkthe dust boots and ball joints for deterioration,cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

F070N01A-AAT

ooooo Power Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andHosesHosesHosesHosesHoses

Check the power steering pump and hoses forleakage and damage. Replace any damaged orleaking parts immediately. Inspect the powersteering belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, ex-cessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Re-place or adjust it if necessary.

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and BootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clamps forcracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace anydamaged parts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

F070Q01A-AAT

ooooo Air Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantCheck the air conditioning lines and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Check air condi-tioning performance according to the relevantshop manual if necessary.

Page 127: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-1

6.6.6.6.6. DO-ITDO-ITDO-ITDO-ITDO-IT-Y-Y-Y-Y-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEG010A01O-AAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)

1. Coolant reservoir cap2. Brake & Clutch fluid reservoir3. Air cleaner

4. Fuse and Relay box5. Windshield washer fluid reservoir6. Power steering fluid reservoir

7. Engine oil level dipstick8. Radiator cap9. Engine oil filler cap10.Battery

G010A01O

1 2 3 4

5 6 87 9 10

66666

Page 128: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-2

G010B01O-AAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)

1. Coolant reservoir cap 2. Brake fluid reservoir 3. Air cleaner 4. Fuse and Relay box

5. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 6. Power steering fluid reservoir 7. Engine oil level dipstick 8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil filler cap10. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick (Ve-

hicle with Automatic Transaxle)11. Battery

G010B01O

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Page 129: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-3

G020A01A-AAT

GENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentThe following should be checked regularly:

o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and conditiono Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant levelo Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine Coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below components)o Power steering fluid levelo Battery condition

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorThe following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and conditiono Air filter conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut torqueo Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition (including spare

tire)

G020C01A-AAT

Vehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorThe following should be checked each timewhen the vehicle is driven:

o Lights operationo Windshield wiper operationo Horn operationo Defroster, heating system operation (and air

conditioning, if installed)o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking brakeo Manual transaxle operation, including clutch

operationo Automatic transaxle operation, including

"Park" mechanism operationo Seat control condition and operationo Seat belt condition and operationo Sunvisor operation

If you notice anything that does not operatecorrectly or appears to be functioning incorrect-ly, inspect it carefully and seek assistance fromyour Hyundai dealer if service is needed.

G030A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILEngine oil is essential to the performance andservice of the engine. It is suggested that youcheck the oil level at least once a week innormal use and more often if you are on a tripor driving in severe conditions.

G030B01A-AAT

Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended Oil

SH, SG or SG/CD (API) multi-grade and fuelefficient oil is recommended.

G030B01A

°F

°C

20W-40 20W-50

10W-30 10W-40 10W-50

5W-30 5W-40

-20

-29

-9

-23

0

-18

20

-7

32

0

60

16

85

27

95

35

100

38

Page 130: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-4

G030C01A-AAT

To Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelG030D01A-AAT

Adding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding Oil

DOHC V6 DOHC V6

G030C01Y G030D01Y

Before checking the oil, warm up the engine tothe normal operating temperature and be sureyour car is parked on level ground. Turn theengine off.

Wait a minute, then remove the dipstick, wipe itoff, fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw itagain. Then note the highest level the oil hasreached on the dipstick. It should be betweenthe upper ("F") and lower ("L") range.

If the oil level is close to or below the "L" mark,add oil until it reaches the "F" mark. To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counter-clockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Do notoverfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise.

The distance between the "F" and "L" marks isequal to about 1 quart of oil.

G040A03A-GAT

CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER

G040A01Y/G040A02Y

DOHC V6

The engine oil and filter should be changed atthose intervals specified in the maintenanceschedule in Section 5. If the car is being drivenin severe conditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

The procedure for changing the oil and filter isas follows:

1. Park the car on level ground and set theparking brake. Start the engine and let itwarm up until the needle on the coolanttemperature gauge moves above the lowestmark. Turn the engine off and place the gearselector lever in "P" (automatic) or reversegear (manual transaxle).

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oilfiller cap.

Page 131: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-5

3. Slide underneath the car and loosen thedrain plug by turning it counterclockwisewith a wrench of the proper size. Be surethat a drain pan is in position to catch the oilas it drains out, then remove the drain plug.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!

4. When the oil has stopped draining, replacethe drain plug using a new washer andretighten by turning it clockwise.

Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m

5. Remove the oil filter by turning it counter-clockwise with a oil filter wrench of theproper size. A certain amount of oil willcome out when you remove the filter. So besure to have your drain pan in place under-neath it.

6. Install a new oil filter in accordance with theinstructions on the carton or on the filteritself. Do not over-tighten. (TTTTTighteningighteningighteningighteningighteningtorque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m) Be sure that themounting surface on the engine is clean andthat the old gasket is removed completely.Lubricate the new gasket on the filter withclean engine oil before installation.

7. Refill the crankcase with the recommendedengine oil. Refer to the specification in chap-ter 9 for engine oil capacity.

8. Start the engine and check to be sure no oilis leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.

9. Shut off the engine and recheck the oil level.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Always dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anenvironmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-gested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containerand taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-tion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground orput it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-cer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skinfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourhands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-ter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedoil.oil.oil.oil.oil.

G050A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-GINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANT

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayerupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap isremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator iscool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.

G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine Coolant

G050B01O

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coolant in a50/50 mix with water. The engine coolant shouldbe compatible with aluminum engine parts.Additional corrosion inhibitors or additives shouldnot be used. The cooling system must be main-tained with the correct concentration and typeof engine coolant to prevent freezing and corro-sion. Never allow the concentration of anti-freeze to exceed the 60% level or go below the35% level, or damage to the cooling systemmay result. For proper concentration when add-ing or replacing the engine coolant, refer to thefollowing table.

Page 132: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-6

35% 65%

40% 60%

50% 50%

60% 40%

Ambient

temperature

°C ( °F)

-15 (5)

-25 (-13)

-35 (-31)

-45 (-49)

Antifreezesolution

Water

Engine Coolant concentration

G050C01A-AAT

To Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant Level

The coolant level can be seen on the side of theplastic coolant reservoir. The level of the cool-ant should be between the "L" and "F" lines onthe reservoir when the engine is cool. If thelevel is below the "L" mark, add engine coolantto bring it up between "L" and "F". If the level islow, inspect for coolant leaks and recheck thefluid level frequently. If the level drops again,

visit your Hyundai dealer for an inspection anddiagnosis of the reason.

G050D01A-AAT

To Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantThe engine coolant should be changed at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Engine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on thecar, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.

1. Park the car on level ground, set the park-ing brake and remove the radiator cap whencool.

2. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place.Open the drain cock on the radiator. Allowall the engine coolant to drain from thecooling system, then securely close the draincock.

3. Check Section 9 for the capacity of thecooling system in your car. Then, followingthe manufacturer’s directions on the enginecoolant container, add the appropriate quan-tity of coolant to the radiator.

4. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise with-out pressing down on it, until it stops. Thisrelieves any pressure remaining in the cool-ing system. And remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turning counterclockwise.Now fill the radiator with clean demineral-ized or distilled water. Continue to add cleandemineralized or distilled water in small quan-tities until the fluid level stays up in theradiator neck.

G050C01O

G050D01O

Page 133: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-7

G060A01O-AAT

SPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGS

Your engine was originally equipped with plati-num-tipped spark plugs.Platinum-tipped spark plugs will last longer thanconventional type spark plugs and can be iden-tified by blue lines on the ceramic shell.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkplugs.plugs.plugs.plugs.plugs.

G060B01O-AAT

Replacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsThe spark plugs should be changed at theintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5 or whenever engine per-formance indicates they should be changed.Symptoms that suggest poor spark plug perfor-mance include engine misfiring under load, lossof fuel economy, poor acceleration, etc. Whenspark plugs are replaced, always use sparkplugs recommended by Hyundai. The use ofother spark plugs can result in loss of perfor-mance, radio interference or engine damage.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always usethe genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.

Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:

Type

RN10PYP4 (CHAMPION)PGR5C-11 (NGK)

RC10PYP4 (CHAMPION)PFR5N-11 (NGK)

Remark

For 2.4L only

For 2.7L only

YN60100A

DOHC V6

G050D02O

5. Start the engine, top off the radiator withwater and then add coolant to the reservoiruntil the level is between "L" and "F".

6. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps andcheck to be sure the drain cocks are fullyclosed and not leaking.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.

Page 134: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-8

G060C03O

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage thethethethethethreads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can cause the sparkcause the sparkcause the sparkcause the sparkcause the sparkplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result indamage to the damage to the damage to the damage to the damage to the engine.engine.engine.engine.engine.

7. Replace the cable by pushing the insulatedconnector directly down onto the electrode.Check to be sure it has snapped into placeand can’t fall off.

G060C0IO-AAT

Changing the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark Plugs

G060C01O

You will find it easier to change spark plugs ifthe engine is cold. Always change one sparkplug at a time. This helps avoid getting the wiresmixed up.

1. Remove the center cover (2.4L) on the en-gine rocker cover.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:It is recommended that the spark plugs ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs For2.7L Engine should be changed by an au-2.7L Engine should be changed by an au-2.7L Engine should be changed by an au-2.7L Engine should be changed by an au-2.7L Engine should be changed by an au-thorized Hyundai dealer.thorized Hyundai dealer.thorized Hyundai dealer.thorized Hyundai dealer.thorized Hyundai dealer.

2. Using a clean cloth, remove any dirt that hasaccumulated around the base of the sparkplug so it cannot fall into the cylinder whenthe spark plug is removed.

3. To remove the spark plug cable, pull straightup on the insulated connector, not the cable.Pulling on the cable may damage the carboncore conductor.

G060C02O

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolor cold when changing or cold when changing or cold when changing or cold when changing or cold when changing the spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfon the insulated on the insulated on the insulated on the insulated on the insulated connector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugor the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.

4. When preparing to remove the old sparkplug, guide the socket down over the sparkplug, being careful not to damage the ce-ramic insulator.

5. To remove the old spark plug, turn thewrench handle in a counterclockwise direc-tion.

6. To install the new spark plug, guide thesocket down over the spark plug, beingcareful not to damage the ceramic insulator.

Page 135: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-9

G080A02A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESG070A02Y-AAT

CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-TERTERTERTERTER

SSA6080A

G070A01O

The replacement of air cleaner filter is per-formed in the following manner.

1. Unsnap the clips around the cover.2. When this is done, the cover can be lifted

off, the old filter removed and the new filterput in its place.

Genuine Hyundai replacement parts are rec-ommended.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Operating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper aircleaner filter in place can result in excessivecleaner filter in place can result in excessivecleaner filter in place can result in excessivecleaner filter in place can result in excessivecleaner filter in place can result in excessiveengine wear.engine wear.engine wear.engine wear.engine wear.

The wiper blades should be carefully inspectedfrom time to time and cleaned to remove accu-mulations of road film or other debris. To cleanthe wiper blades and arms, use a clean spongeor cloth with a mild soap or detergent and water.If the wipers continue to streak or smear theglass, replace them with genuine Hyundai re-placement parts or their equivalent.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.

This can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of thewiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.

ooooo Keep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactwith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as engineoil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.

G090A01O-AAT

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR

G090A01O

The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluid to thewindshield washer system.A good quality washer fluid should be used to fillthe washer reservoir. The fluid level should bechecked more frequently during bad weather orwhenever the washer system is in more fre-quent use.The capacity of the washer reservoir is 3.59U.S. quarts (3.4 Liters).

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systembecause it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.

ooooo The washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This candamage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.

Page 136: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-10

G110A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUID(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle shouldbe checked at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

G110B03A-AAT

Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidYour Hyundai automatic transaxle is speciallydesigned to operate with HYUNDAI GENUINEATF or DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III . Damage caused by a nonspecified fluid isnot covered by your new vehicle limited war-ranty.

G110C01O-AAT

Transaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityThe fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is8.9 U.S. quarts.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedwhen the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youshould exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-self during this procedure.self during this procedure.self during this procedure.self during this procedure.self during this procedure.

G100A02O-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)

caution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotengine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.

YT60180A

Drain plugFiller plug

Transaxle lubricant in the manual transaxleshould be checked at those intervals specifiedin the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section5.

Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilUse only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF75W/90 (API GL-4) or EQUIVALENT in themanual transaxle.

Manual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityThe oil capacity of the manual transaxle is 2.43U.S. quarts (2.3 liters).

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oillevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If theengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise great

G100B02A-AAT

To Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidLevelLevelLevelLevelLevel

SSA6100B

Park the car on level ground with the engine off.

1. Using a wrench of the correct size, loosenthe oil filler plug by turning it counterclock-wise and remove it with your fingers.

2. Use your finger or suitable tool to feel insidethe hole. The oil level should be at its bottomedge. If it is not, check for leaks beforeadding oil. To refill the transaxle or bring theoil level up,add oil slowly until it reaches theproper level. Do not overfill.

3. Replace the plug and washer, screw it inwith your fingers and then tighten securelywith the wrench.

Page 137: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-11

G110D01Y-AAT

To Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid Level

C090A01O

Park the car on level ground with the parkingbrake engaged. When the transaxle fluid levelis checked, the transaxle fluid should be atnormal operating temperature and the engineidling.

DOHC V6

G110D02Y

While the engine is idling, apply the brakes andmove the gear selector lever from "P" to eachof its other positions — "R", "N", "D", "2", "3","L" — and then return to "N". With the enginestill idling:

1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hands,long hair and clothing clear of any movingparts.

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe it clean,reinsert the dipstick as far as it will go, thenremove it again. Now check the fluid level onthe dipstick. It should be in the "HOT" rangeon the dipstick.

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use a funnelto add transaxle fluid through the dipsticktube until the level reaches the "HOT" range.Do not overfill.

G110D03Y

Fluid level should be within "HOT" range

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature ant temperature ant temperature ant temperature ant temperature and may sometimes oper-and may sometimes oper-and may sometimes oper-and may sometimes oper-and may sometimes oper-

ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme Use extreme Use extreme Use extreme Use extreme caution when working near thecaution when working near thecaution when working near thecaution when working near thecaution when working near theblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases, gine coolant temperature decreases, gine coolant temperature decreases, gine coolant temperature decreases, gine coolant temperature decreases, the fanthe fanthe fanthe fanthe fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.

G120A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should bechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid Level

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G120C02A-AAT

Recommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidUse only hydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your brakingsystem. Follow the instructions printed on thecontainer.

Page 138: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-12

G130B02A-AAT

To Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidRecommended brake fluid conforming to DOT3 or DOT 4 specification should be used. Thereservoir cap must be fully tightened to avoidcontamination from foreign matter or moisture.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G140A01A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanThe air conditioning condenser (and engineradiator) should be checked periodically foraccumulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc.These can interfere with maximum cooling effi-ciency. When removing such accumulations,brush or hose them away carefully to avoidbending the cooling fans.

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelThe fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir shouldbe checked periodically. The level should bebetween the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on theside of the reservoir. If the level is at or belowthe "MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it upto "MAX". Do not overfill.

G120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake Fluid

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from asealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid canor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andmoisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dirt thenunscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly pour therecommended fluid into the reservoir. Do notoverfill. Carefully replace the cap on the reser-voir and tighten.

G130A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch Fluid

C120E01O

The clutch fluid level in the master cylindershould be checked when performing other un-der hood services. The system should bechecked for leakage at the same time. Check tomake certain that the clutch fluid level is alwaysbetween the "MAX" and "MIN" level markingson the fluid reservoir. Fill as required. Fluid lossindicates a leak in the clutch system whichshould be inspected and repaired immediately.Consult your Hyundai dealer.

C120E01O

Page 139: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-13

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-tiontiontiontiontion1. Start the engine and let it run at a fast idle for

several minutes with the air conditioning setat the maximum cold setting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dash vents isnot cold, have the air conditioning systeminspected by your Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Running the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forextended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.

G140C01A-AAT

LubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationTo lubricate the compressor and the seals inthe system, the air conditioning should be runfor at least 10 minutes each week. This isparticularly important during cool weather whenthe air conditioning system is not otherwise inuse.

G140D01A-AAT

Checking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive Belt

G140D01Y/G140D02Y

V6 DOHC

Eng.pulley COMP0.315 in.

Autotensioner

Eng.pulley COMP

When the air conditioning is being used regular-ly, the compressor drive belt tension should bechecked at least once a month with the engineturned off.To check the drive belt tension, press down onthe belt halfway between the engine crankshaftand compressor pulleys. Pressing with yourfinger, you should not be able to deflect this beltanymore than 1/3 of an inch. If you have theinstruments to check it, with a force of 22 lb.(98N), the deflection should be 0.315 inches(approx 8.0 mm). If the belt is too loose, have itadjusted by your Hyundai dealer.

G150A01A-AAT

CHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

G150A01O

Max

imum

1.1

8 in

. (3

0 m

m)

To check the steering wheel free-play, stop thecar with the wheels pointed straight ahead andgently move the steering wheel back and forth.Use very light finger pressure and be sensitiveto changes in resistance that mark the limits ofthe free-play. If the free-play is greater thanspecified, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

Page 140: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-14

G180A01A-AAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCE

SSA6180A

2.95 in. (75 mm)

You need a helper to check the brake pedalclearance. With the engine running, have yourhelper press down on the brake pedal severaltimes and then hold it down with a force of about110 lbs (50 kg, 490 N). The brake pedal clear-ance is the distance from the top surface of thebrake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under thefloor mat.If the brake pedal clearance is not within thelimits specified in the illustration, have it in-spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjustedor repaired if necessary.

G160A01A-AAT

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

SSA6160A

0.24~0.51 in.(6~13 mm)

With the engine off, press lightly on the clutchpedal until you feel a change in resistance. Thisis the clutch pedal free-play. The free-play shouldbe within the limits specified in the illustration. Ifit is not, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

G170A01A-AAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

SSA6170A

0.12~0.31 in.(3~8 mm)

With the engine off, press down on the brakepedal several times to reduce the vacuum in thebrake booster.Then, using your hand, press down slowly onthe brake pedal until you feel a change inresistance. This is the brake pedal free-play.The free-play should be within the limits speci-fied in the illustration above. If it is not, have itinspected by your Hyundai dealer and adjustedor repaired if necessary.

Page 141: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-15

G190A01A-AAT

CHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSG200A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGFUSESFUSESFUSESFUSESFUSESReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible Link

G140D01Y/G140D02Y

V6 DOHC

Power steeringAutotensioner

Generator

Eng.pulleyCOMP

Power steering

COMPEng.pulley

Generator

Eng.coolant0.30 ~ 0.48 in. 0.24~0.35 in.

Drive belts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted if necessary. At thesame time, belts should be examined for cracks,wear, fraying or other evidence of deteriorationand replaced if necessary.Belt routing should also be checked to be surethere is no interference between the belts andother parts of the engine. After a belt is re-placed, the new belt should be adjusted againafter two or three weeks to eliminate slackresulting from initial stretching after use.

G200A01Y

Good

A fusible link will melt if the electrical circuitsfrom the battery are ever overloaded, thus pre-venting damage to the entire wiring harness.(This could be caused by a short in the systemdrawing too much current.) If this ever happens,have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause,repair the system and replace the fusible link.The fusible links are located in a relay box foreasy inspection.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with thesame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use apiece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.This could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andcreate a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.

Bad

G200B01A-AAT

Replacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory Fuse

G200B01O

The fuse box for the lights and other electricalaccessories will be found low on the dashboardon the driver’s side. Inside the box you will find alist showing the circuits protected by each fuse.If any of your car’s lights or other electricalaccessories stop working, a blown fuse couldbe the reason. If the fuse has burned out, youwill see that the metal strip inside the fuse hasburned through. If you suspect a blown fuse,follow this procedure:

1. Turn off the ignition and all other switches.2. Open the fuse box and examine each fuse.

Remove each fuse by pulling it toward you(a small "fuse puller" tool is contained in thefuse box to simplify this operation).

Page 142: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-16

G210A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERY

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Batteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingwith batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.

The fluid in the battery contains a strong solu-tion of sulfuric acid, which is poisonous andhighly corrosive. Be careful not to spill it onyourself or the car. If you do spill battery fluid onyourself, immediately do the following:

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush theaffected areas with water for at least 15minutes and then seek medical assistance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse out youreyes with water and get medical assistanceas soon as possible. While you are beingdriven to get medical assistance, continueto rinse your eyes by using a sponge or softcloth saturated with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink a largequantity of water or milk followed by milk ofmagnesia, eat a raw egg or drink vegetableoil. Get medical assistance as soon aspossible.

While batteries are being charged (either by abattery charger or by the vehicle’s generator),they produce explosive gases. Always observethese warnings to prevent injuries from occur-ring:

SSA6201B

GoodG200B03Y

Burned out

3. Be sure to check all other fuses even if youfind one that appears to have burned out.

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing a newfuse of the same rating into place. The fuseshould be a snug fit. If it is not, have the fuseclip repaired or replaced by a Hyundaidealer. If you do not have a spare fuse, youmay be able to borrow a fuse of the same orlower rating from an accessory you cantemporarily get along without (the radio orcigarette lighter, for example). Always re-member to replace the borrowed fuse.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:A burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aproblem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-place a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theaccessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-ous and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaidealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-place a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fusewith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Ahigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damageand create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.

Fuse Puller

Page 143: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-17

o Charge batteries only in a well ventilatedarea.

o Do not permit flames, sparks or smoking inthe area.

o Keep children away from the area.

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanThe engine cooling fan should come on auto-matically if the engine coolant temperature ishigh.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanThe condenser coolant fan should come onautomatically whenever the air conditioning isin operation.

G210B02A-AAT

Checking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryKeep the battery clean. Any evidence of corro-sion around the battery posts or terminals shouldbe removed using a solution of household bak-ing soda and warm water. After the batteryterminals are dry, cover them with a light coat-ing of grease.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiato cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.

G220A01A-AAT

CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGFANSFANSFANSFANSFANS

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes operateant temperature and may sometimes operateant temperature and may sometimes operateant temperature and may sometimes operateant temperature and may sometimes operateeven when the engine is not running. Useeven when the engine is not running. Useeven when the engine is not running. Useeven when the engine is not running. Useeven when the engine is not running. Useextreme caution when working near the bladesextreme caution when working near the bladesextreme caution when working near the bladesextreme caution when working near the bladesextreme caution when working near the bladesof the coolant fan, so that you are not injuredof the coolant fan, so that you are not injuredof the coolant fan, so that you are not injuredof the coolant fan, so that you are not injuredof the coolant fan, so that you are not injuredby a rotating fan blade. As the engine coolantby a rotating fan blade. As the engine coolantby a rotating fan blade. As the engine coolantby a rotating fan blade. As the engine coolantby a rotating fan blade. As the engine coolanttemperature decreases the fan will automati-temperature decreases the fan will automati-temperature decreases the fan will automati-temperature decreases the fan will automati-temperature decreases the fan will automati-cally shut off. This is a normal condition.cally shut off. This is a normal condition.cally shut off. This is a normal condition.cally shut off. This is a normal condition.cally shut off. This is a normal condition.

G230A03A-AAT

POWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL

G230A01O

The power steering fluid level should be checkedregularly. To check the power steering fluidlevel, be sure the engine is "OFF", then checkto make certain that the power steering fluidlevel is between the "MAX" and "MIN" levelmarkings on the fluid reservoir.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Grinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringpump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after theengine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-tions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringfluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-tions.tions.tions.tions.tions.

Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidUse PSF-3 type fluid

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powersteering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESIt is suggested that you check the power steer-ing hose connections for fluid leakage at regularintervals. The power steering hoses should bereplaced if there is severe surface cracking,scuffing or worn spots. Deterioration of thehose could cause premature failure.

G250A01A-AAT

FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIIf you desire additional information about main-taining and servicing your Hyundai, you maypurchase a factory Shop Manual at your Hyundaidealer's parts department. This is the same

Page 144: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-18

G290A02O-AAT

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT

G290A01O

Before performing aiming adjustment, make sureof the following.1. Keep all tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure.2. Place the vehicle on level ground and press

the front bumper & rear bumper down sev-eral times.

Verticalaiming

manual used by dealership technicians andwhile it is highly technical it can be useful inobtaining a better understanding of your carand how it works.

G260A03A-AAT

REPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSBefore attempting to replace a headlight bulb,be sure the switch is turned to the "OFF"position.The next paragraph shows how to reach headlight bulbs so they may be changed. Be sure toreplace the burned-out bulb with one of thesame number and wattage rating.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.

G270A02Y-AAT

HEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULB

G270A01O

Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye protection.2. Always grasp the bulb by its plastic base,

avoid touching the glass.3. Disconnect the power cord from the bulb

base in the back of the headlight.4. Push the bulb spring for removing the head-

light bulb.5. Remove the protective cap from the re-

placement bulb and install the new bulb bymatching the plastic base with the headlighthole. Retighten the bulb spring and recon-nect the power cord.

6. Use the protective cap and carton to dis-pose of the old bulb.

7. Check for proper headlight aim.

G270A02O

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-sure and if impacted sure and if impacted sure and if impacted sure and if impacted sure and if impacted could shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingin flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-tection when tection when tection when tection when tection when servicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect thebulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andagainst against against against against liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbon only when installed in a headlight.on only when installed in a headlight.on only when installed in a headlight.on only when installed in a headlight.on only when installed in a headlight.Replace the headlight if damaged or cracked.Replace the headlight if damaged or cracked.Replace the headlight if damaged or cracked.Replace the headlight if damaged or cracked.Replace the headlight if damaged or cracked.Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach of childrenof childrenof childrenof childrenof childrenand dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.

Page 145: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-19

Place vehicle at a distance of 118.1 in. (3m)from the test wall.

3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except forfull levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, andspare tire, jack, and tools). Have the driveror equivalent weight placed in driver's seat.

4. Clean the head light lenses and turn on theheadlights (Low beam).

5. Open the hood.6. Draw the vertical line (through the center of

each headlight beam pattern) and the hori-zontal line (through the center of each head-light beam pattern) on the aiming screen.And then, draw the parallel line at 0.8 in. (21mm) under the horizontal line.

7. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam tothe parallel line with a phillips screwdriver -VERTICAL AIMING

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Horizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.

G290B01Y-AAT

Adjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacement

If the vehicle has had front body repair and theheadlight assembly has been replaced, theheadlight aiming should be checked using theaiming chart as shown in the illustration. Turnon the headlight switch. (Low Beam Position)

1. Adjust headlights so that main axis of light isparallel to center line of the body and isaligned with point "P" shown in the illustra-tion.

2. Dotted lines in the illustration show the cen-ter of headlights.

Ground line

wHorizontal line

Cut offline

Verticalline

G290A03O

"P"

H

H L

SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:"H";Horizontal center line of headlights fromground: 2WD : 32.5 in.(822 mm)

4WD : 33.3 in.(843 mm)"W";Distance between each headlight center:46.5 in.(1,178 mm)

"L";Distance between the headlights and thewall that the lights are tested against:118 in. (3,000 mm).

Page 146: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-20

G280A01O-AAT

1 102

3 G280A01O

9

4

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Part Name

Head Light (Low/High)

Front Fog Light (If installed)

Turn Signal Light

Side Mark Light

Map Light

Interior Light

High Mounted Rear Stop Light

No.

8

9

10

Part Name

Luggage Compartment Light

License Plate Light

Rear Combination Light

Stop/Tail Light

Turn Signal Light

Back-up Light

5 8

7

6

Wattage

55/60

55

28

5

15

10

17

Wattage

10

5

27/8

27

27

Page 147: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7-1

7.7.7.7.7. EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-TRTRTRTRTROL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMS

H010A01O-AAT

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMYour Hyundai is equipped with an emissioncontrol system to meet all requirements of theU.S. Environmental Protection Agency or Cali-fornia Air Resources Board.There are three emission control systems whichare as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function of theemission control systems, it is recommendedthat you have your car inspected and main-tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in ac-cordance with the maintenance schedule in thismanual.

Caution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance Test(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-tem)tem)tem)tem)tem)

ooooo To prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectthe ABS the ABS the ABS the ABS the ABS connector in the engine com-connector in the engine com-connector in the engine com-connector in the engine com-connector in the engine com-partment.partment.partment.partment.partment.

ooooo For more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manual(Wheel Speed Sensor)(Wheel Speed Sensor)(Wheel Speed Sensor)(Wheel Speed Sensor)(Wheel Speed Sensor)

H010B01A-AAT

1.1.1.1.1. Crankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlSystemSystemSystemSystemSystem

The positive crankcase ventilation system isemployed to prevent air pollution caused byblow-by gases being emitted from the crank-case. This system supplies filtered air to thecrankcase through the air intake hose. Insidethe crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through the PCV valveand into the induction system.

H010C01S-AAT

2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-cluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard RefuelingVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) System

The Evaporative Emission Control System isdesigned to prevent fuel vapors from escapinginto the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow thevapors from of the fuel tank to be loadedvapors from of the fuel tank to be loadedvapors from of the fuel tank to be loadedvapors from of the fuel tank to be loadedvapors from of the fuel tank to be loadedinto a canister while refueling at the gasinto a canister while refueling at the gasinto a canister while refueling at the gasinto a canister while refueling at the gasinto a canister while refueling at the gasstation, preventing the escape of fuel va-station, preventing the escape of fuel va-station, preventing the escape of fuel va-station, preventing the escape of fuel va-station, preventing the escape of fuel va-pors into the atmosphere.)pors into the atmosphere.)pors into the atmosphere.)pors into the atmosphere.)pors into the atmosphere.)

CanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank areabsorbed and stored in thecanister. When the engine is running, the fuelvapors absorbed in the canister are drawn intothe induction system through the purge controlsolenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is controlledby the Engine Control Module (ECM); when theengine coolant temperature is low during idling,the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is nottaken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens tointroduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

H010D01A-AAT

3.3.3.3.3. Exhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemThe Exhaust Emission Control System is ahighly effective system which controls exhaustemissions while maintaining good vehicleperformace.

H010E01Y-AAT

EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)This system helps reduce nitrogen oxides byrecirculating a part of the exhaust gas into theengine, thereby reducing cylinder combustiontemperature, which results in lower output ofoxides of nitrogen.

ooooo After the dynamometer testing is com-After the dynamometer testing is com-After the dynamometer testing is com-After the dynamometer testing is com-After the dynamometer testing is com-pleted, erase the ABS/TCS DTC (Diagnoticpleted, erase the ABS/TCS DTC (Diagnoticpleted, erase the ABS/TCS DTC (Diagnoticpleted, erase the ABS/TCS DTC (Diagnoticpleted, erase the ABS/TCS DTC (DiagnoticTrouble Code) with a GST (Generic ScanTrouble Code) with a GST (Generic ScanTrouble Code) with a GST (Generic ScanTrouble Code) with a GST (Generic ScanTrouble Code) with a GST (Generic ScanTool) or Hi-Scan Pro.Tool) or Hi-Scan Pro.Tool) or Hi-Scan Pro.Tool) or Hi-Scan Pro.Tool) or Hi-Scan Pro.

77777

Page 148: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

7-2

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

H020A01A-AAT

CATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERooooo If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or is

hard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerinspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as soonas possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.

ooooo Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Running out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage tothe catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.

ooooo Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.

ooooo The vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orpulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thecatalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.

ooooo Do not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutoff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one hourbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converteror any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.

ooooo Remember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isyour best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.

ooooo Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,leaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightcontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and afire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.

H020A01OCatalytic Converter

All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with a mono-lith type three-way catalytic converter to re-duce the carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons andnitrogen oxides contained in the exhaust gas.Exhaust gases passing through the catalyticconverter cause it to operate at a very hightemperature. The introduction of large amountsof unburned gasoline into the exhaust maycause the catalytic converter to overheat andcreate a fire hazard. This risk may be reducedby observing the following:

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.ooooo Maintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operating

condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.

Page 149: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-1

8.8.8.8.8. CONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERINFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMATION &TION &TION &TION &TION &REPORREPORREPORREPORREPORTING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTS

I010A01A-AAT

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)

I010A01O

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is thenumber used in registering your car and in alllegal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. Itcan be found in three different places on yourcar:

1. On the bulkhead between the engine andpassenger compartments.

2. On the left top side of the instrument panelwhere it can be seen by looking down throughthe windshield.

3. On the lower side of the center pillar outerpanel.

I010B01A-AAT

Engine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine Number

YN80020A

DOHC V6

The engine number is stamped on the engineblock as shown in the drawing.

I020A01A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONThe tires supplied on your new Hyundai arechosen to provide the best performance fornormal driving.

I030A02S-AAT

RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-SURESSURESSURESSURESSURES

The tire label located on the driver's side of thecenter pillar outer panel gives the tire pressuresrecommended for your vehicle.

I030A01O

88888These pressures were chosen to provide themost satisfactory combination of ride comfort,tire wear and stability under normal conditions.Tire pressures should be checked at leastmonthly. Proper tire inflation pressures shouldbe maintained for these reasons:

215/70R15

215/70R15

225/70R16

6.0Jx15

6.5Jx15

6.5Jx16

TIRE

SIZE

RIM

SIZE

PRESSURE, kPa (PSI)

REAR

207(30)

207(30)

207(30)

FRONT

221(32)

221(32)

221(32)

UP TO 2 PERSONS UP TO MAX.LOAD

REAR

221(32)

221(32)

221(32)

FRONT

207(30)

207(30)

207(30)

Page 150: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-2

o Lower-than-recommended tire pressurescause uneven tread wear and poor han-dling.

o Higher-than-recommended tire pressuresincrease the chance of damage from im-pacts and cause uneven tread wear.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:

ooooo Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.That is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forat least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-en more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sincestarting up.starting up.starting up.starting up.starting up.

ooooo Check the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofother tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.

ooooo Never overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallycareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topcarrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.

I040A01O-AAT

SNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESIf you equip your car with snow tires, theyshould be the same size and have the sameload capacity as the original tires. Snow tiresshould be installed on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more airpressure than the pressure recommended forthe standard tires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar , or up to the maximumpressure shown on the tire sidewall whicheveris less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)when your car is equipped with snow tires.

I050A02Y-AAT

TIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTire chains, if necessary, should be installed onthe front wheels. Be sure that the chains are theproper size and that they are installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, do not con-tinue to use tire chains when they are no longerneeded.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:When driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowor ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).

I060A01O-AAT

TIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATION

Tires should be rotated every 7,500 miles(12,000 km). If you notice that tires are wearingunevenly between rotations, have the carchecked by a Hyundai dealer so the cause maybe corrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressures and besure to check wheel nut tightness.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply under anyDo not mix bias-ply and radial-ply under anyDo not mix bias-ply and radial-ply under anyDo not mix bias-ply and radial-ply under anyDo not mix bias-ply and radial-ply under anycircumstances.circumstances.circumstances.circumstances.circumstances.This may cause dangerous handling char-This may cause dangerous handling char-This may cause dangerous handling char-This may cause dangerous handling char-This may cause dangerous handling char-acteristics.acteristics.acteristics.acteristics.acteristics.

HA1409

Page 151: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-3

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGA tire that is out of balance may affect handlingand tire wear. The tires on your Hyundai werebalanced before the car was delivered but mayneed balancing again during the years you ownthe car.Whenever a tire is dismounted for repair, itshould be rebalanced before being reinstalledon the car.

I090A01A-AAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTire traction can be reduced if you drive onworn tires, tires that are improperly inflated oron slippery road surfaces. Tires should be re-placed when tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control, slowdown whenever there is rain, snow or ice on theroad.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Worn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingeffectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.When replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andbias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replaceradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beinstalled in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.

The original tires on your car have tread wearindicators. The tread wear indicators appearwhen the tread depth is 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). Thetire should be replaced when these appear as asolid bar across two or more grooves of thetread. Always replace your tires with those ofthe recommended size. If you change wheels,the new wheel's rim width and offset must meetHyundai specification.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Using tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than the

recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-al handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldcause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertydamage.damage.damage.damage.damage.

ooooo Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-mensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.

I100A02E-AAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

D060B01O

Your Hyundai is delivered with the following:

Spare tire and wheelWheel nut wrench, Wrench barJack

HGK248

0.06 in. (1.6 mm)

Wear indicator

Page 152: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-4

I130A01A-AAT

CONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONThis consumer information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administrationof the U.S. Department of Transportation. It

I130B02A-AAT

Uniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingDepartment of Transportation quality grades -All passenger vehicle tires must conform toFederal Safety Standards in addition to thesegrades. These quality grades are molded on thesidewall.

Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear - The tread wear grade is a com-parative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For exam-ple, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half(1 - 1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. The relative perfor-mance of tires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and differenc-es in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C - The traction grades,from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.Those grades represent the tire's ability to stopon wet pavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government test surfac-es of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking tractiontractiontractiontractiontractiontests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.

Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C - The temperature gradesare A (the highest), B, and C, representing thetire's resistance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor lab-oratory test wheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performance which allpassenger car tires must meet under the Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly inflated andinflated andinflated andinflated andinflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive loading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatbuildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.

I110A01A-AAT

SHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALA Hyundai Shop Manual is available from yourauthorized Hyundai dealer. It's written for pro-fessional technicians, but is simple enough formost mechanically-inclined owners to under-stand.

I120A02A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEo New vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limit-

ed Warranty.o New vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Lim-

ited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only).o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System War-

ranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty Federal

vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limit-

ed Warranty

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inyour Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

provides the purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Hyundai automobiles with infor-mation on uniform tire quality grading. YourHyundai dealer will help answer any questionsyou may have as you read this information.

Page 153: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-5

I130D02A-AAT

Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and man-ufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safe-ty standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge youto read and follow all directions in this Owner'sManual, particularly the information under theheadings "NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".ING".ING".ING".ING".

If, after reading this manual, you have anyquestions regarding the operation of your vehi-cle, please contact your nearest Hyundai MotorAmerica Regional Office as listed below:

Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region : Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hamp-shire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvanina,Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Flori-da, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Caro-lina, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Tennessee,Texas.

Southern Region270 Riverside parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, lowa,Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Ne-braska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,Wisconsin.

Central Region700 No. Enterprise StreetAurora, Illinois 60504(800) 633-5151

Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona,California, Colorado, ldaho, Montana, Nevada,New Mexico, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washing-ton, Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

Page 154: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-6

I130C01A-AAT

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. IfNHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may either callthe Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 or write to: NHTSA. U.S.Department of Transportation. Wash-ington. D.C. 20590. You can also ob-tain other information about motor ve-hicle safety from the Hotline.

Page 155: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-1

9.9.9.9.9. VEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSTIONSTIONSTIONSTIONS

J010A01O-AAT

MEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENT

177.1 in. (4500 mm)

71.5 in. (1820 mm)

65.9 in. (1675 mm)

103.1in. (2620 mm)

60.6 in. (1540 mm)

60.6 in. (1540 mm)

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height (unladen)

Wheel base

Wheel tread Front

Rear

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 1.18 in. (0 ~ 30 mm)

5.5 in. (142 mm)

Vane type

J020A01O-AAT

POWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERING

Tire pressure

30 (207)

J030A01O-AAT

TIRETIRETIRETIRETIRE

Tire

Standard

Item

Battery

Generator

2.4L 2.7L (V6)

MF 68 AH (12V)

95A (13.5 V)

J040A01O-AAT

ELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICAL

J050A01Y-AAT

BRAKEBRAKEBRAKEBRAKEBRAKE

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

Ventilated disc

Disc type

Cable operated on rear wheel

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

J060A01Y-AAT

FUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEM

Fuel tank capacity 17.2 us.gal (14.3 lmp.gal, 65 liter)

psi (kpa)

Size

225/70 R16

99999

Page 156: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-2

J070A01O-AAT

ENGINEENGINEENGINEENGINEENGINE

ITEMS

Engine Type

Bore x Stroke in. (mm)

Displacement cu.in. (cc)

Firing order

Spark plug Type

Gap

Oil pan capacity us.qt. (lmp.qt., liter)

Oil filter capacity us.qt. (lmp.qt., liter)

Idle speed (rpm) - N, D, A/C OFF

Ignition timing (base)

Oil grade (API)

2.4L (DOHC)

4-Cyl., In-line DOHC

3.41 x 3.94 (86.5 x 100)

143.5 (2,351)

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

CHAMPION : RN10PYP4

NGK : PGR5C-11

4.23 (3.48, 4.0)

0.31 (0.26, 0.3)

800 ± 100

BTDC 7° ± 5°

2.7L (V6)

6-Cyl., V-type DOHC

3.41 x 2.95 (86.7 x 75)

162.1 (2,656)

1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6

CHAMPION : RC10PYP4

NGK : PFR5N-11

4.34 (3.65, 4.2)

0.31 (0.26, 0.3)

700± 100

BTDC 12° ± 5°

SPECIFICATIONS

0.039 - 0.043 in. (1.0 - 1.1 mm)

SH, SG or SG/CD and ABOVE multigrade and fuel-efficient oil

Page 157: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-3

API SH, Hot Climate : SAE 20W-40, 20W-50 (ABOVE 32°F OR 0°C)

SG or Normal Climate : SAE 10W-30 10W-40, 10W-50 (ABOVE -10°F OR -23°C)

SG/CD Cold Climate : SAE 5W-30 5W-40 (BELOW 95°F OR 35°C)

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4)

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

API GL-5, SAE 80W/90 (SHELL SPIRAX AX Equivalent)

API GL-5, SAE 80W/90 (SHELL SPIRAX AX Equivalent)

PSF-3 type fluid

DOT 3, DOT 4 or Equivalent

J080A03O-AAT

LUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHART

Engine

Transaxle Manual

Auto

Coolant

Transfer case

Rear axle

Power steering

Brakes and clutch fluid

Quantity (US. QTS) (lmp.qts, liter)

2.43 ( 2.1, 2.3)

8.9 (7.5, 8.5)

7.35 (6.19, 7.0)

0.84 (0.69, 0.8)

1.16 (0.95,1.1)

0.95 (0.79, 0.9)

As required

Item Oil & Coolant Standard2.4L 2.7L (V6)

Drain & refill;Without oil filter :4.23 (3.48, 4.0)With oil filter :4.53 (3.78, 4.3)

Drain & refill;Without oil filter :4.34 (3.65, 4.2)With oil filter :4.74 (3.95, 4.5)

Page 158: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-1

AAAAAAir bag .............................................................................................. 1-22Air Cleaner Filter ................................................................................. 6-9Air Conditioning

Care .............................................................................................. 6-12Operation .............................................................................. 1-57, 6-13Switch ............................................................................................ 1-57

Antenna ............................................................................................. 1-81Ashtray .............................................................................................. 1-39Auto Fuel Cut Switch ........................................................................ 1-47

BBBBBBattery ...................................................................................... 2-13, 6-16Bi-Level Heating ................................................................................ 1-56Brake

Anti-lock system .............................................................................. 2-8Brake traction control system (BTCS) ............................................ 2-8Checking the brakes ..................................................................... 6-11Fluid ............................................................................................... 6-11Pedal clearance ............................................................................ 6-14Pedal free-play .............................................................................. 6-14Practices ....................................................................................... 2-11

Breaking-In your New Hyundai ........................................................... 1-2

CCCCCCare of Cassette Tapes ................................................................... 1-78Cargo Security Screen ..................................................................... 1-49Cassette Tape Player Operation (H280) .......................................... 1-74Catalytic Converter ............................................................................. 7-2Child Restraint System .......................................................... 1-17 ~ 1-20

Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the"Tether Anchorage" System ...................................................... 1-18

Securing the Child Restraint Seat with the "ISOFIX" System ...... 1-20Child-Protector Rear Door Lock ......................................................... 1-4Cigarette Lighter ................................................................................ 1-39Clock ................................................................................................. 1-38Clutch

Checking fluid ................................................................................ 6-12Pedal free-play .............................................................................. 6-14

Combination LightAuto light ...................................................................................... 1-35Headlight flasher ........................................................................... 1-35Headlight switch ............................................................................ 1-34High-beam switch .......................................................................... 1-35Lane change signal ....................................................................... 1-34Parking light auto cut .................................................................... 1-34Turn signal operation .................................................................... 1-34

Compact Disc Player Operation (H260) ........................................... 1-69Compact Disc Player Operation (H280) ........................................... 1-76Consumer Information ......................................................................... 8-4Cooling Fans ..................................................................................... 6-17

10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX

1010101010

Page 159: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-2

Corrosion protectionCleaning the interior ........................................................................ 4-3Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion ......................................... 4-1Washing and waxing ....................................................................... 4-2

Cruise Control ......................................................................... 1-51 ~1-53

DDDDDDefroster ........................................................................................... 1-59Digital Calendar ................................................................................. 1-38Door

Locking, unlocking front door with a key ........................................ 1-3Drink Holder ...................................................................................... 1-40Drive Belts ............................................................................... 6-13, 6-15Driving

Driving for economy ...................................................................... 2-11Smooth cornering .......................................................................... 2-12Winter driving ................................................................................ 2-12

EEEEEEmission Control System ................................................................... 7-1Engine

Before starting the engine ............................................................... 2-2Compartment (2.4 DOHC) .............................................................. 6-1Compartment (2.7 V6) ..................................................................... 6-2Coolant ............................................................................................ 6-5Coolant temperature gauge ........................................................... 1-32If the engine overheats ................................................................... 3-2Number ............................................................................................ 8-1

Oil .................................................................................................... 6-3Starting ............................................................................................ 2-3

Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous ................................................... 2-1

FFFFFFan Speed Control ............................................................................ 1-53Floor Mat Anchor .............................................................................. 1-49Fog Light

Front .............................................................................................. 1-35Front Seats

Adjustable front seats ..................................................................... 1-7Adjustable headrests ....................................................................... 1-8Adjusting seat forward and rearward .............................................. 1-9Adjusting seatback angle ................................................................ 1-8

FuelCapacity .......................................................................................... 9-1Gauge ............................................................................................ 1-32Unleaded gasoline ........................................................................... 1-1

Fuel Filler LidRemote release ............................................................................. 1-47

Full-time 4WD Operation ............................................................. 2-9 ~ 2-10Fuses .................................................................................................... 6-15

GGGGGGeneral Checks ................................................................................. 6-3Glove Box ......................................................................................... 1-43

Page 160: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-3

HHHHHHazard Warning System ................................................................... 1-37Headlight .................................................................................. 1-34, 6-18Heating and Ventilation

Air flow control .............................................................................. 1-54Temperature control ...................................................................... 1-55

High-Mounted Rear Stoplight ............................................................ 1-47Hood Release ................................................................................... 1-48Horn .................................................................................................. 1-50

IIIIIIgnition Switch ..................................................................................... 2-2Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ............................................ 1-29Instrument Panel Light Control (Rheostat) ....................................... 1-38Instruments and Controls .................................................................. 1-27Intermittent Wiper .............................................................................. 1-36

JJJJJJump Starting ...................................................................................... 3-1

KKKKKKey ..................................................................................................... 1-2

If you lose your keys ...................................................................... 3-9Positions .......................................................................................... 2-2

LLLLLLight Bulbs Replacement .................................................................. 6-18Limited-Slip Differential ..................................................................... 2-10Luggage Net ..................................................................................... 1-50

MMMMMMaintenance Intervals

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ................................. 5-6Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................................. 5-5Scheduled maintenance .................................................................. 5-3Service requirements ...................................................................... 5-1

MirrorsDay-night inside rearview .............................................................. 1-45Outside rear view .......................................................................... 1-43

OOOOOOdometer .......................................................................................... 1-33

PPPPPParking Brake ................................................................................... 1-45Power Driver's Seat ............................................................................ 1-9Power Outlet ..................................................................................... 1-39Power Steering Fluid Level ............................................................... 6-17

Page 161: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-4

RRRRRRear Seat

Adjusting Seatback Angle ............................................................. 1-11Folding Rear Seatback and Seat Cushion ................................... 1-11

Rear Window Defroster Switch ......................................................... 1-37Reporting Safety Defects .................................................................... 8-6Roof Rack ......................................................................................... 1-46

SSSSSSeat

Front ................................................................................................ 1-7Rear .............................................................................................. 1-11

Seat Belts3-Point system .............................................................................. 1-152-Point Static Type ....................................................................... 1-16Pretensioner Seat Belt .................................................................. 1-21Adjusting your seat belt ....................................................... 1-16, 1-17Care of seat belts ......................................................................... 1-14Precautions ................................................................................... 1-12

Shop Manual ....................................................................................... 8-4Sound ................................................................................................ 1-32

Brake Pad Warning Sound ........................................................... 1-32Parking Start Warning Sound ....................................................... 1-32

Spark Plugs ........................................................................................ 6-7Speedometer ..................................................................................... 1-33Starting Procedure .............................................................................. 2-3

Steering Wheel Free play ................................................................. 6-13Steering Wheel Tilt Lever ................................................................. 1-50Stereo Radio Operation (H260) ........................................................ 1-66Stereo Radio Operation (H280) ........................................................ 1-71Stereo Sound System ....................................................................... 1-64Sunroof ................................................................................... 1-40 ~ 1-42Sun Visor .......................................................................................... 1-49

TTTTTTachometer ....................................................................................... 1-34Tail Gate ........................................................................................... 1-46Tail Gate Window ............................................................................. 1-46Theft-Alarm system ............................................................................. 1-5Tires

Balancing ......................................................................................... 8-3Chains ............................................................................................. 8-2Changing a flat tire .......................................................................... 3-4If you have a flat tire ....................................................................... 3-4Information ....................................................................................... 8-1Pressure .......................................................................................... 8-1Replacement ................................................................................... 8-3Rotation ........................................................................................... 8-2Snow tires ....................................................................................... 8-2Spare tire ......................................................................................... 3-3

Page 162: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-5

Traction ........................................................................................... 8-3Towing

A trailer (or vehicle) ........................................................... 2-14 ~ 2-16Emergency ...................................................................................... 3-9If your car must be towed ............................................................... 3-7

TransaxleAutomatic ........................................................................................ 2-5Automatic transaxle fluid checking ............................................... 6-10Manual ............................................................................................. 2-4Manual transaxle oil checking ....................................................... 6-10

Trip Odometer ................................................................................... 1-33

VVVVVVehicle Identification Number ............................................................. 8-1Vehicle Specifications ................................................................ 9-1 ~ 9-3

WWWWWWarning Lights ....................................................................... 1-30 ~ 1-32Windows

Power .............................................................................................. 1-6Windshield Wiper and Washer ......................................................... 1-36

Tailgate Wiper and Washer Switch ............................................... 1-37Windshield Wiper Blades .................................................................... 6-9

Page 163: 2002_Santa_Fe Owners Manual

Seoul Korea

Printing: FEB. 25, 2002Publication No.: A26O-EU22IPrinted in Korea

SERVICE STATION INFORMATIONFUEL:UNLEADED gasoline onlyPump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

FUEL TANK CAPACITYUS.gal (Imp.gal., liter) 17.2 (14.3, 65)

TIRE PRESSURE:See the label on the driver's side of the center pillar outer panel.

OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:See pages 8-1 through 8-4

HOOD RELEASE:Pull handle under left side of dash.

ENGINE OIL:API grade SH, SG or SG/CD multigrade and fuel efficient oil. Use SAE10W-30, 10W-40 or 10W-50 if normal temperatures are above -10°F(-23°C). For other viscosity recommendations, see page 6-3 or 9-3.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE:HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4) Oil levelshould be up to filler-bolt hole in housing beside differential.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:Apply the parking brake, with the engine running, shift the selectorlever through all ranges and return to “N” (Neutral) position. Thencheck the level of fluid on the dipstick. Use only HYUNDAI GENU-INE ATF available at your dealer or DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SKATF SP-III.

QUICK INDEXo Car will not start ........................................................................ 3-1o Flat tire ...................................................................................... 3-4o Warning light/chime comes on ...................................... 1-28 ~ 1-30o Engine overheats ....................................................................... 3-2o Towing of your vehicle ............................................................. 3-7o Starting the engine ..................................................................... 2-2o Driving tips for first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ............................ 1-2o Scheduled maintenance ............................................................. 5-3o Reporting safety defects ............................................................ 8-6